EPA -400/11 -74 -002
     Transportation Controls to Reduce
 Automobile Use and Improve Air Quality
                  in Cities
The Need,  The Options, and Effects on Urban Activity
         U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
         OFFICE OF AIR AND WASTE MANAGEMENT
                  Washington, D.C.
                  November 1974

-------
                                       EPA -400/11 -74 -002
     Transportation  Controls to Reduce
 Automobile Use and Improve Air Quality
                   in Cities
The Need, The Options, and Effects on Urban Activity
                       by
                  Joel Horowitz
                  Steven Kuhrtz
         U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
          OFFICE OF AIR AND WASTE MANAGEMENT
                   Washington, D.C.
                  November 1974

-------
                  preface
  This report has been prepared pursuant to Section
4(b)(2)(A) of the Energy Supply and Environmental
Coordination  Act of 1974. This section states:

  The Administrator shall conduct a study and
  shall submit a report to the Committee on Inter-
  state and foreign Commerce of the United States
  House of Representatives and the Committee on
  Public Works of the United States Senate not lat-
  er than three months after date of enactment of
  this paragraph on the necessity of parking sur-
  charge, management of parking supply, and pref-
  erential bus/carpool lane regulations as part of
  the applicable implementation plans required
  under this section to achieve and maintain na-
  tional primary ambient air quality standards.
  The study shall include an assessment of the eco-
  nomic impact of such regulations, consideration
  of alternative means of reducing total vehicle
  miles traveled, and an assessment of the impact
  of such regulations on other Federal and State
  programs dealing with energy or transportation.
  In the course of such study, the Administrator
  shall consult with other Federal officials includ-
  ing, but not limited to,  the Secretary of Trans-
  portation, the Federal Energy Administrator,
  and the Chairman of the Council on Environ-
  mental Quality.
        acknowledgements
  Many people assisted in the preparation of this re-
port, either by preparing draft material or by pro-
viding documents describing Federal policies and
regulations. The authors thank the following indi-
viduals for their invaluable assistance in this respect:
Kent Berry, Barbara Brown, David Hanson, William
Pedersen, Richard Penna, and Cheryl Wasserman,
all of the Environmental Protection Agency; Martin
Convisser and Lee Wallerstein of the Department
of Transportation, and Elizabeth Bennett and Mar-
vin Manheim of the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. In addition, the authors thank Marga-
ret Lee of the Environmental Protection Agency
for her patience in typing several drafts of this re-
port.
                                                                                         in

-------
                           Preface

                           Acknowledgements

                           List of Figures

                           List of Tables
contents
Summary

Chapter 1
                           Chapter 2
The Need For Transportation Controls
Background
Air Quality Considerations
References

The  Need For  Automible Use  Reductions
Introduction
Transportation Emission Control Options
Automotive Emissions Reductions
Effects on Air Quality
Auto Use Reductions
References
III

iii

vi

vi

 1

 4
 4
 5
 7

 8
 8
 8
10
11
11
12
                           Chapter 3     Methods of Reducing Automobile Use                   13
                                        Transit                                               13
                                        Carpools                                              14
                                        Measures to Encourage Transit and Carpool Usage         15
                                        References                                           21

                           Chapter 4     Transportation Control Regulations                      22
                                        Legal Background                                     22
                                        Air Quality Considerations                              23
                                        Transportation Control Measures to Reduce Auto Use      26
                                        Transportation Control Plan Development Process         29
                                        Status of Transportation Control Plans                   31
                                        Indirect Source Review                                 32
                                        References                                           33

                           Chapter 5     Economic and Social Effects of Reductions in Auto Use    34
                                        Introduction                                          34
                                        Case Studies                                          34
                                        Effects of Reducing Auto Use                           36
                                        Effects of Parking Restrictions                          39
                                        Effects of Indirect Source Review                       41
                                        References                                            43

                           Chapter 6     The Relationship of Transportation Controls to other aspects
                                           of Transportation Planning and Decision-Making        44
                                        Problems of Present Urban Transportation Systems        44
                                        Effects of Transportation Control Requirements on
                                           Other Transportation Programs                       44
                                        Improving the Integration of Air Quality Requirements
                                           into Transportation Planning and Decision-Making      46
                                        References                                           47

                           Appendix A   Status of Transportation Control Plans                   48

                           Appendix B   Preambles to Indirect Source Regulations                 54

                           Appendix C   Proposed Clean Air Act Amendment for
                                           Transportation Control Plans                         69

-------
             figures
            1. Automobile HC Emissions                        9

            2. Automobile CO Emissions                        9

            3. Dependence of Work Trip Transit Ridership on
               Service Quality                                 14
             tables
             1. National Primary and  Secondary Air Quality
               Standards                                       4
             2. Nationwide Federal Emission Control Require-
               ments for Light Duty Vehicles                    4
             3. Federal New Source Performance Standards         5
             4. AQCR's Exceeding CO and  Oxidant Aii Qual-
               ity Standards                                    6
             5. 1971-72 Air  Quality  Levels in Regions Pro-
               jected to Exceed  Primary  Ambient Aii Qual-
               ity Standards in 1975                             7
             6. Number of  Cities  Failing  to  Comply  with
               National Standard for Oxidant and/or CO in
               Indicated Year                                  7
             7. Emissions Sources in Urban Areas — 1971           9
             8. Automobile Emissions Reductions Achieved by
               In-Use Vehicle Emission Controls                 10
             9. Number of AQCR's Failing to Comply  with
               Oxidant and/or CO Standard in Indicated Year     11
            10. Number of AQCR's Requiring Auto Use Re-
               duction  to Achieve Compliance with Arnbient
               Air Quality Standards                           11
            11. Bus Fleet Expansion  Needed to Achieve Pro-
               jected Reductions in Auto Use                   15
            12. Percentage  use  of Transit  to Work  in  the
               Washington, D.C. Area                           16
            13. Air  Quality   Summary for   39 Metropolitan
               Areas                                         24
            14. Air  Quality Summary  for Metropolitan Areas
               Granted Time Extensions                        25
            15. VMT in 1-66  Corridor by Transportation Op-
               tion (1995)                                    35
            16. Effects of Transportation Alternatives on Daily
               VMT in San Diego (1977)                        36
            17. Energy Consumption  of  Alternative Modes of
               Urban Transportation                           36
            18. Estimated  Annual  Energy  Consumption by
               1-66 Transportation Option (1995)                36
            19. Total Resident Population and  Employees Ex-
               posed to Various  Noise  Levels Due  to Major
               Highways in the 1-66 Corridor (1995)              36
            20. Accident Costs in Cents Per Passenger Mile         37
            21. Comparision  of 1995 Traffic  Accidents, In-
               juries, and  Deaths in the  1-66 Corridor by
               Transportation Option  (1995)                   37
            22. Average  Travel Times Associated with Various
               Transportation Options                         38
            23. Annualized  Costs of Baltimore  Transportation
               Options                                        39
            24. Estimated Annualized Costs of  Transportation
               Options in the 1-66 Corridor                      39
            25. Effect of Parking  Surcharge on Out-of-Pocket
               Cost of Work Trip                               40
            26. Effect of ISR on  Total Project Costs  for Six
               Case Studies                                   42
            27. Cost Elements Associated with ISR               42
            28. Effect of Automobile Emissions Controls on
vi             Future Design Change Costs                      42

-------
summary
   The  Clean  Air  Amendments of  1970  (hereafter
referred to as the Act) required the Administrator of the
Environmental  Protection  Agency  (EPA) to establish
national  primary  and  secondary ambient  air  quality
standards.  The  primary  standards  are  and  must be
established  so  that  their attainment and maintenance
will  protect the public health with an adequate margin
of safety.  The secondary standards are  to protect the
public welfare  from any known  01 anticipated  adverse
effects associated with  the presence of air pollutants in
the atmosphere.
   The pollutants  for which ambient air quality stand-
ards have  been promulgated include  carbon  monoxide
and  oxidants. For each of these pollutants the primary
and  secondaiy standards are the same. The automobile is
the principal source of carbon monoxide and oxidants in
urban aieas. This report focuses on  programs developed
by  EPA in accordance  with  the  Act  to  achieve the air
quality  standards for  these transportation-related  air
pollutants.
   The  Act  established  three  principal  approaches to
achieving the air quality standards. First, EPA is author-
ised to  promulgate and enforce emissions standards for
new automobiles. In  addition, EPA  is authorized to
establish emissions standards for trucks and motorcycles.
EPA has  used  this  authority to establish increasingly
stungent emissions standards for cars  and initial stand-
ards for trucks. More stringent truck standatds as well as
motorcycle  emissions standards are now under develop-
ment.
   The Act specifically required  automobiles manufac-
tured during or after model year 1975 to achieve carbon
monoxide and  hydrocarbon emissions reductions of 90
percent  relatrve to  the 1970 model  year. Autornobrles
manufactured during and after model year 1976 were
requited  to achieve  90 percent reductions in nitrogen
oxides emissions  relative  to the 1971  model year.*
Subsequently,  the  Energy Supply  and Environmental
Coordination  Act  of  1974 extended both  of these
deadlines for two years.
   The second emissions control approach established by
the Act authorizes  EPA to promulgate emissions stancl-
ar ds  for  new   stationary  emissions  sources  if  it  is
deicnmned  that such  sources  contribute to  the en-
dangerment of  public  health or welfare.  New source
performance  standards  have  been promulgated  for 12
stationary source categories
   Finally,  the Act makes each State initially responsible
for   developing  and  enforcing  any emissions control
regulations and other measures  which, together with the
automobile emissions standards and new source perform-
ance standards,  are needed  to  achieve the ambient air
quality standards within the State's  jurisdiction. These
emissions  control regulations  are  contained  in State
implementation  plans (SIP's). EPA is required to insure
that  each State  develops a SIP that adequately provides
for  the attainment  and maintenance of the ambient air
quality standards. Moreover, EPA is required to promul-
gate  SIP's  or  SIP provisions  for Slates (hat  fail  to
develop adequate SIP's of (hen  own   The Act  requires
       SIP's to provide for the attainment  of the air quality
       standards  by  1975. However,  EPA is authorized to
       extend  this deadline to  1977 if: (1) there is  a lack of
       adequate  control technology for one  or more  emissions
       sources, and (2) all reasonably available control measures
       have been applied.
         The  Act  specifically  envisioned the  likelihood  that
       transportation  control measures  to reduce automobile
       emissions  below the levels  achieved by  the  new  car
       standards would be  needed in some SIP's. Although the
       new  car  standards  achieve  substantial  reductions in
       automobile emissions, these reductions, together with
       reductions  of stationary source  emissions,  are  not
       sufficient to achieve the  air quality standards in all parts
       of the country.
         The  SIP's were  submitted to EPA by the States in
       February,  1972.  It was found that the oxidant  air
       quality standard was exceeded in 54  air quality control
       regions (AQCR's) and that the carbon monoxide stand-
       ard was exceeded in 29,  In total, 66 AQCR's, represent-
       ing  roughly 60  percent of the nation's  population,
       exceeded one or both of these  standards. By 1975 the
       emissions reductions achieved by the new car standards
       and stationary-source controls are expected to reduce to
       27 the number of  AQCR's exceeding the oxidant or
       carbon   monoxide   air  quality  standards.  These  27
       AQCR's require the application  of transportation con-
       trol measures to achieve  the oxidant and carbon monox-
       ide standards. Hence, EPA required the affected States
       to develop  and  submit for  approval transportation
       control plans to reduce  automobile emissions in the 27
       AQCR's.
         There are two basic types of transportation control
       measures:  (1)  measures that  reduce  emissions  from
       individual  vehicles, and  (2) measures that  reduce auto-
       mobile  use  (e.g.,  vehicle miles  travelled).  The  first
       approach includes inspection/maintenance  and retrofit.
       The  second  includes  transit  improvements,  carpool
       programs, and disincentives to the use of low-occupancy
       automobiles. The need for reductions in automobile use
       is illustrated in Table S-l, which shows the number of
       AQCR's that would fail to achieve  the  oxidant  and
       carbon  monoxide standards in  various years through
       1985 if only new  car controls, stationary source con-
       trols, inspection/maintenance, and  retrofit were  imple-
       mented. As many as 17 AQCR's would fail to achieve
       the standards in 1977, and as many as 10 would fail in
       1985. Clearly, further reductions  in automobile emis-
                            TableS-1

            Number of AQCR's Failing to Comply With
           Oxidant and/or CO Standard in Indicated Year
                          Calendar Year

               1977         1980         1985

               12-17        8-10          5-10
*H\drocarbons and nitiosicn oxides react  chemically in
atiMMspherc to form oxidanfs
the
Ranges reflect uncertainty in degree of stationary source control
that will be achieved. Analysis excludes New York City, Denver,
I airbanks. Control strategy consists  of stationary source con-
trols, new car controls, inspection/maintenance, and retrofit.

-------
sions  are  needed in many AQCR's to achieve the air
quality standards in the foreseeable future. Moreover, in
many cases this need will persist indefinetly.
   As required by the Act and  subsequent  court deci-
sions,  EPA approved or  promulgated  transportation
control measures during 1973 for the AQCR's requiring
transportation controls. When promulgation was neces-
sary,  EPA based its  selection  of measures upon the
following factors:
   •  The  emissions  and  VMT (i.e.,  vehicle  miles of
      travel) reduction capabilities of alternative com-
      binations of measures.
   •  The legal defensibility and enforceability of alter-
      native measures.
   •  Experience obtained through the implementation
      of measures by State and local authorities.
   •  The quality of existing or proposed transit service
      in the affected areas.
   •  The  potential  economic  and  social  disruption
      associated with  alternative combinations  of meas-
      ures.

   During  the  development  of transportation control
plans, it was  found  that at least  10 heavily  polluted
regions are unlikely to achieve the transportation-related
air quality standards  by 1977 without the implementa-
tion of extreme traffic restraint  measures  that would
create severe economic and social disruption. To avoid
the need   for implementing such  measures,  EPA has
submitted  to  Congress a  proposed  amendment to the
Act that  would provide  additional  flexibility in the
deadlines   for  achieving the  transportation-related air
quality standards without sacrificing  the need  to im-
prove air quality as rapidly as possible.
   The VMT-reduction measures most  frequently occur-
ring in the transportation  control plans approved or
promulgated by EPA are:
   •  Transit improvements
   •  Carpooling programs
   •  Priority   treatment  for buses  and carpools on
      streets and freeways  (e.g., exclusive bus lanes)
   •  Parking restrictions
   Several  of  the  EPA  promulgations  also  included
parking surcharges  designed  to increase the  costs of
parking and, thereby,  to encourage the use of transit and
carpools  instead of low-occupancy automobiles. These
surcharges were withdrawn in anticipation of  the Con-
gressional directive  later enacted in the  Energy Supply
and Environmental Coordination Act of 1974.
   The VMT reduction measures included in the trans-
portation   control plans are designed to reduce  auto-
mobile travel and, therefore,  emissions by encouraging
the use of transit and carpools and discouraging the use
of  low-occupancy  automobiles. The measures achieve
these  goals by:
   •  Improving  the  quality of  service provided by
      transit and carpools, thereby making  them more
      attractive  relative  to  the low-occupancy  auto-
      mobile.
   •  Restricting or, prior to the withdrawal of parking
      surcharges, pricing parking facilities.
The purpose of the latter approach is to mitigate the
cost disadvantage imposed on transit and carpools by the
current substantial underpricing of automobile  use in
cities. This underpricing, which is  particularly severe for
work trips, can exceed $2.00 per day.
   Evidence derived from empirically-based studies  of
traveller  response  to changes in transportation  options
indicates that programs that combine  transit improve-
ments, carpool  incentives, and parking restrictions  or
charges can reduce automobile emissions by as much as
30 percent. However, because of the cost disadvantages
created by the underpricing  of auto use, programs that
do not incorporate  parking  restrictions, surcharges,  or
other disincentives to low-occupancy automobile travel
are unlikely to achieve emissions reductions greater than
5 to 10 percent. Indeed, the  most successful carpooling
programs  to date have developed  as  a  result of the
unavailability oi parking facilities.
   Reductions  in  automobile  use resulting from the
successful  implementation  of transportation  controls
will  alleviate  a  wide variety  of  urban transportation
problems  in addition  to improving  air  quality.  For
example:
   •  A  20  percent reduction  in automobile travel
      achieved by diverting commuters to transit could
      reduce energy consumption  for  urban  passenger
      transportation by  10 percent or more.
   •  Transit  vehicles  have  lower accident costs  and
      fewer fatalities per passenger mile travelled than
      automobiles. The  diversion of travellers from cars
      to  transit  will reduce  both traffic  fatalities and
      accident costs.
   •  The  use of  transit and carpools can significantly
      reduce both traffic congestion and  the need for
      further  highway  construction.  For  example, 3
      additional freeway lanes would be needed to carry
      present Shirley Highway bus riders in cars at the
      existing automobile service level.
   •  Reductions  in automobile  use achieved through
      the diversion of automobile drivers  to transit and
      carpools could reduce  the total  direct monetary
      costs  of  urban commuter  transportation by  as
      much as $100 per  commuter per year.
   •  Improved  transit   service associated  with trans-
      portation  controls will increase  the mobility  of
      persons who do not have access to automobiles.
   •  The revenues derived from parking surcharges can
      contribute significantly to defraying the costs  of
      transit improvements while  alleviating the effects
      of  the  underpricing  of automobile travel.  For
      example,  a  $2.00  daily parking surcharge  that
      affected only 10 percent of automobile commuter
      trips  in the  Washington,  D. C. area would collect
      revenues  equal to  nearly   twice  the FY  1974
      operating  deficit  of the  Washington  area transit
      system.
  Not all of the effects of reductions in automobile use
are likely to be beneficial. For example, increased use  of
transit instead of  cars is likely to increase travel times,
especially for commuters.
  Parking  restrictions  or surcharges can  seriously re-
strict mobility if adequate transit or carpool service is
not provided.  However, there is evidence  that commer-
cial areas do not necessarily require automobile access to
be successful if alternative means of access are available.
Moreover, there  is much evidence indicating that transit
and  carpools  can provide satisfactory  access  to work
locations when  parking is restricted.  For example,  in
1972 a strike of  parking lot employees in Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania caused the  closing  of 80 percent of the

-------
parking spaces  in  downtown Pittsburgh. During the
strike  a  number  of improvements  and additions to
transit service were made. Most commuters switched to
transit. Absenteeism among employees remained normal.
Moreover, the parking spaces that were available during
the strike were not fully utilized.
   Many of the policies and programs of the Department
of Transportation  are  supportive of  certain measures
contained in  the  transportation control plans. Some
examples of this support include:
   •  DOT is prepared to provide up to $200 million in
      FY  1974-75  for  mass  transit  capital grants to
      implement transportation control strategies.
   •  DOT now requires  that transportation plans and
      programs developed through the urban transporta-
      tion planning process be consistent with approved
      State implementation plans to achieve the ambient
      air quality standards.
   •  DOT encourages States to give specific considera-
      tion  to low  cost  transportation improvements
      (e.g., bus  priority  treatment, carpool programs,
      parking restrictions) prior to  a decision to imple-
      ment major capital  investment projects (e.g., rail
      transit, new  freeways). Moreover,  DOT  is now
      developing guidelines for the preparation of  short
      range  transportation improvement  programs  di-
      rected  toward  the  achievement  of urban areas'
      short-range transportation objectives. These short-
      range  programs are  expected to emphasize the
      implementation of low cost transportation options
      directed toward alleviating current urban transpor-
      tation problems.
   •  The Department has strongly endorsed the  prin-
      cipal of removing  subsidies to the automobile and
      has indicated  that this  could mean parking taxes,
      traffic restraints, or other related measures.
   The close  parallelism between certain aspects of the
urban transportation  programs of EPA and DOT will
continue to provide opportunities for mutual assistance
and cooperation between the two agencies. Each  agen-
cy's program can benefit in certain respects from that of
the other. Po; ible areas for future cooperation include:
   •  Increasing the  responsibilities of  regional trans-
      portation  agencies  for  making  decisions about
      transportation controls.
   •  Encouraging  States and localities  to  experiment
      with transportation  control measures and to moni-
      tor the  results.
   For its part,  EPA will continue to work toward the
attainment of the  health-related (primary) air  quality
standards  as rapidly as possible without creating serious
economic and social  disruption. EPA's responsibility in
this  process  is to help identify transportation  control
options and to assist communities in  formulating effec-
tive  transportation control strategies. EPA also has a
statutory responsibility  to assure that locally formulated
plans will achieve  the  prescribed  improvements in air
quality  and,  if the  localities  default in their responsi-
bilities, to promulgate  and enforce its  own  plans. In
fulfilling its  responsibilities,  EPA  will work both with
DOT and  the  affected  communities  to enable  these
communities to select transportation control approaches
that  are  consistent  with  achieving  the  air  quality
standards  without  sacrificing  other  important social
objectives.

-------
chapter  1  - the  /ieed  for

transportation  controls

 1.  Background
    The advent of expansive urbanization and industrial
 development following World War II has brought about a
 rapid  deterioration  of the nation's urban  air  quality.
 Beginning  with the  Clean Air Act of  1963 (Ref. 1)
 numerous  attempts have been  made to provide Federal
 legislation  which would  curtail this  trend. With the
 passage of the Clean Air Amendments  of 1970, (Ref. 2)
 the Congress  has  provided the means  and  authority to
 achieve an extensive and rapid improvement in urban air
 quality.
    The Administrator of the Environmental Protection
 Agency is required to establish national primary and
 secondary  ambient air quality  standards, based on air
 quality criteria which must "accurately reflect the  latest
 scientific knowledge  useful in indicating the kind and
 extent of all  identifiable  effects on  public health or
 welfare which may be expected from the  presence of
 such pollutant in  the ambient air, in varying quantities."
 (Ref. 3). As prescribed in the Act, the primary standards
 are  ambient  air  quality standards  the attainment and
 maintenance of which, allowing an adequate margin of
 safety, are  necessary  to  protect  the  public  health.
 National secondary ambient air quality  standards  must
 specify a level of air quality which is requisite to protect
 the public welfare  from  any known  or  anticipated
 adverse effects associated with the presence of such air
 pollutant in the ambient air.
    Air  quality criteria have  been published for  sulfur
 oxides (SOX), particulate  matter,  photochemical oxi-
 dants, carbon monoxide (CO), hydrocarbons (HC), and
 nitrogen oxides (NOX) (Ref. 4). In accordance with the
 requirements  of  the  Act,  the ambient  air  quality
 standards  for these pollutants were promulgated  April
 30, 1971  (Ref.  5)   The  standards  for hydrocarbon
 concentrations are intended to be  used  as  a guide for
 determining the degree of emission control necessary to
 comply with  the  standard for  photochemical oxidants.
                      Table  1

       National Primary and Secondary Ambient
                Air Quality Standards
 Pollutant

 Hydrocarbons

 Carbon Monoxide



 Nitrogen Dioxide

 Photochemical Oxidant
   Air
 Quality3
Standards
                                         Averaging
                                            Time
   0.24 ppm    3 hr. average concen-
                tration
     9 ppm    8 hr. average concen-
                tration
    35 ppm    1 hr. average concen-
                tration
   0.05 ppm    Annual average con-
                centration
   0.08 ppm    1 hr. average concen-
                tration
"Primary and Secondary standards for these four pollutants are
 identical. Standards are not to be exceeded more than once per
 year.

Source: Reference 5
                                  Oxidants are  not  directly emitted into the atmosphere,
                                  but are a  product of atmospheric reactions  between
                                  nitrogen  oxides  and  reactive  hydrocarbons.  Further
                                  discussion in this report  will  be  limited to the four
                                  transportation related  (i.e., mobil  source) pollutants:
                                  carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons, nitrogen oxides, and
                                  photochemical oxidants. The national  ambient  air qual-
                                  ity stu  dards for these pollutants are listed in Table 1.
                                     The Congress  directed  the  establishment of  three
                                  programs for  attaining the ambient air quality standards.
                                  First,  the  Administrator  of the EPA  is empowered to
                                  promulgate  and  enforce emission  standaids  for new
                                  motor vehicles. This has been  done on an increasingly
                                  stringent  basis since the  1968  model  year.  The  1970
                                  Clean  Air  Amendments  specifically mandated regula-
                                  tions  requiring that light duty vehicles manufactured
                                  during or after the 1975 model  year achieve a reduction
                                  of at  least  90  percent   from emissions  of carbon
                                  monoxide and  hydrocarbons  allowed  for 1970  model
                                  year  vehicles. Also light  duty  vehicles manufactured
                                  during or  after the 1976 model year  were required to
                                  achieve  a  90  percent reduction  of  nitrogen  oxide
                                  emissions  as measured  from 1971  model year  vehicles.
                                  (Ref. 6). During the interim, the Administrator had the
                                  authority  to  set standards  based on the availability of
                                  existing technology. Recent amendments to the  1970
                                  legislation  (Ref.  7) have  extended the deadline for
                                  compliance with these standards by  two years.* Table 2
                                  shows the exhaust emission levels of uncontrolled cars
                                  and the Federal' emission standards for 1968 and later
                                  model years.
                                                        Table 2

                                    Nationwide Federal Emission Control Requirements
                                                 for Light Duty Vehicles

                                                        Exhaust  Emissions3
                                                          (grams/mile)
                                                       HC
                              CO
NCL
Model Year

Pre-1968
    1968
    1969
    1970
    1971
    1972
    1973
    1974
    1975
    1976
    1977
    1978
aNumbers  shown  in  parentheses  are not Federal  emission
 standards but emissions as measured by the 1975 Federal Test
 Procedure. The  numbers  are shown to  demonstrate relative
 emission levels. All standards prior to 1975 have been converted
 to  reflect emissions as measured  by  the 1975 Federal Test
 Procedure.

 NR - no requirement.
(8.8)
6.3
6.3
4.1
4.1
3.0
3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
0.41
0.41
(87)
52
52
34
34
28
28
28
15
15
3.4
3.4
(3.6)
NR
NR
NR
(4.0)
NR
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
2.0
0.4
                                  *Pnor to the  enactment of this legislation,  the Administrator
                                  had exercised his statutory authority to defer the 1975/76
                                  emissions standards by one year.

-------
   The Administrator is also required  to  develop emis-
sion  standards  for new  stationary  sources  if  it  is
determined that such sources contribute significantly to
air  pollution  which causes or contributes  to the endan-
gennent  of public health  or welfare. (Ref. 8). Table 3
shows the categories  and  pollutants  for which  New
Source Performance Standards have been promulgated
to date.
   The Congress recognized that the aggregate level of
air pollution is caused by a diversity of source categories;
the  relative  contribution  of  these  sources  may  vary
significantly  among the States  and regions within the
nation.  Accordingly, responsibility is  placed  with the
individual State for planning and enforcing the emissions
limits and other measures which, together with EPA's
new source  performance standards and auto emissions
standards, are  necessary  to achieve air  quality levels
consistent with the national ambient air  quality stand-
ards.  The Environmental Protection Agency is  required
to  ensure that  each  State  develops a plan which
adequately provides for the  implementation, mainte-
nance and enforcement of these standards.
                       Table 3

           Federal New Source Performance
                      Standards
Source Category

Steam Generators
Municipal Incinerators
Portland Cement Plants
Nitric Acid Plants
Sulfuric Acid Plants
Asphalt Concrete Plants
Petroleum Refineries
Storage Vessels
Secondary Lead Smelters
Brass or Bronze Ingot Plants
Iron and Steel Plants
Sewage Tieatment Plants
                                      Emissions
SOX Part.  HC  CO   NOX
       X
       X
       X
       X
       X

       X
       X
       X
       X
           X
                      X
      X
X
   Among   other   requirements,  these   State  imple-
mentation  plans  must  provide  for  attainment of the
primary standards no later than June 1975; provide for
"emission  limitations,  schedules, and  timetables  for
compliance with such limitations, and such other meas-
uies as may  be  necessary to insure attainment and
maintenance  of  [primary or  secondary  ambient air
quality standards] , including  but not limited to, land-
use and transportation controls"  (Ref. 9); and provide
"to the extent necessary and practicable, for  periodic
inspection  and testing  of motor vehicles  to  enforce
compliance with  applicable emission standards." (Ref.
10). In  the  event  that  a State fails  to  prepare an
acceptable  plan,  the  EPA is required to  promulgate  a
plan  or  portion  of a  plan  which satisfies  all  the
requirements specified in the Act.
   The  Act allows  the  Administrator  to extend  the
deadline  for compliance with  the  primary standard for
any  pollutant  if (a)  there  is  a  lack  of adequate
technology for the necessary control of emissions from
one  or more  sources  of this  pollutant, and  (b)  all
alternative  control  strategies for reducing emissions of
this  pollutant  have  been considered.  The  maximum
extension allowable under these  conditions is two years.
Ultimately, therefore, all  States  must comply with the
primary ambient air quality standards by 1977.
   The State Implementation Plan provisions allow for
the flexibility necessary to counter the  variety of air
pollution problems which must be addressed throughout
the nation. However, within this broad framework, the
Congress set forth specific guidance concerning the types
of control  strategies  that would require  primary con-
sideration.  Of particular  concern was the necessity of
developing  transportation emission control  policies to
ensure that the degree of air pollution caused by motor
vehicles would be reduced to levels compatible with the
needs of each region. The Federal emission standards for
light duty vehicles will go a long way towards reducing
the role of the automobile as a major source of urban air
pollution; however, this  program by itself is  not suffi-
cient  to achieve the reduction in automobile emissions
needed to meet the ambient air  quality standards in all
regions. Accordingly, provisions were included in the
Clean Air Act for the development of emission  control
policies to be implemented at  the  State and regional
level  to reduce  emissions from  in-use  vehicles  and, if
necessary, to  reduce vehicle use.
   The Senate Committee report (Ref. 11) on the 1970
legislation  discusses  the  implications  which  might  be
expected for urban transportation systems.  The report
expressed the realization that in some cases the construc-
tion  of  highways  and freeways might  have to take
second place  to the construction or expansion of public
transportation  systems.  Furthermore, the central city
use of motor vehicles  might  have to  be  restricted.
Indeed, the report states that "as much as 75 percent of
the traffic  may have to  be restricted  in certain large
metropolitan  regions  if  health standards  are to  be
achieved within the time required by  this bill  [1970
Clean Air Act]." (Ref. 12).


2. Air Quality Considerations
   The initial State Implementation Plans were submit-
ted to the EPA  in  February 1972,  and supplemental
plans  outlining specific  emissions control strategies for
transportation  sources  (Transportation Control  Plans)
were submitted approximately twelve months thereafter.
The air quality data supplied with  these  plans confirm
that the standards for transportation related pollutants
have been exceeded in many of the nation's major urban
areas. Currently, among the 247 Air Quality Control
Regions (AQCR's), 54  exceed the photochemical oxi-
dant standard, 29 exceed the carbon monoxide standard,
and 4 exceed the standard for nitrogen  dioxide. A total
of 66 AQCR's, which represent approximately  60% of
the nation's  population,  are exceeding the air  quality
standard for  one  or more of  these  pollutants. The
regions which are currently exceeding the standards for
CO and oxidant are listed in Table 4.
   The implementation of  Federal emission  standards
for new  motor vehicles alone  provides  substantial
reductions  in the aggregate  emission levels of HC, CO,
and NOX.  Projected  reductions achieved through the
Federal  motor  vehicle  emission   control  program
(FMVECP), in addition  to  stationary source controls,

-------
currently are expected to reduce to 27 the number of
AQCR's exceeding one or more of the ambient standards
by the statutory deadline  in 1975. These 27 regions are
lisied in Table  5  together with  the ambient  concentra-
tions for carbon monoxide and photochemical oxidants
measured through  1972.
   The Federal motor vehicle  emission control program
will  not  become  fully  effective until sometime after
1985, when virtually  all cars  in the vehicle population
are expected to comply with the statutory standards set
foith in the Clean Air Act.  Table 6 indicates  the effect
this program will have on air quality between 1977 and
1985.  Stationary  source  controls are  also included in
these projections. By 1985,  there  remain  about ten
urban areas which will fail to  comply with the national
air  quality  standards foi  both oxidant  and  carbon
monoxide.
   Clearly,  if full  compliance  with the Clean  Air Act is
to be  achieved, there is a need for further  control of
emissions from transportation  sources to supplement the
emissions standards  for new motor  vehicles.  The tech-
niques available for reducing emissions from  vehicles in
use can be classified within two general categories:
   •  Measures that  reduce  the  emission  levels  of indi-
      vidual vehicles, i.e., emissions  per vehicle  mile of
      travel
                             • Measures that  reduce total  automobile use (e.g.,
                               vehicle miles ti avelled).
                             The first approach includes the application of retrofit
                          control systems or devices which reduce emissions from
                          vehicles already  in  use, and the inspection of in-use
                          vehicles to  ensure that adequate  maintenance is being
                          performed  to  attain  optimum emission control.*  The
                          second approach  includes efforts  to encourage more
                          extensive  use  of public  transportation systems  and
                          carpools.
                             It  is  important   to  recognize that  the strategies
                          designed  to  achieve  automobile  use  reductions  are
                          remarkably  consistent  with  other  objectives directed
                          toward  improving the quality of life in contemporary
                          urban environments. The development of a well planned
                          roadway and transport system designed for the efficient
                          movement   of people  and  goods will reduce  traffic
                          congestion,  urban noise levels, and the consumption of
                          * Average  carbon  monoxide and  hydrocarbon emissions per
                           vehicle mile  travelled  (VMT) also  can  be reduced through
                           traffic flow improvements that smooth the  flow of traffic and
                           increase  average  speeds. However, traffic flow improvements
                           may  induce increases in traffic volumes and VMT that negate
                           the beneficial effects of reduced emissions per VMT.  Conse-
                           quently, EPA has not encouraged the use  of traffic flow
                           improvements in transportation control plans.
                                                  Table 4
                          AQCR's Exceeding CO and Oxidant Air Quality Standard
AQCR

Albuquerque
Atlanta
Atlantic City
Austin
Baltimore
Beaumont
Birmingham
Boston
Buffalo
Charleston, W. Va.
Charlotte
Chicago
Cincinnati
Cleveland
Columbus
Corpus Christi
Dallas
Dry ton
Denver
Des Moines
El Paso
Fairbanks
Honolulu
Houston
Indianapolis
Indio
Jacksonville
Kansas City
Las Vegas
Los Angeles
Louisville
Memphis
Miami
CO

 X
 X
 X

 X

 X
 X
 X
 X

 X

 X
 X

 X
 X
 X

 X

 X
 X
 X
 X
 X
Oxidant

   X
   X
   X
   X
   X
   X
   X

   X
   X
   X
   X
   X
   X
   X
   X
   X
   X
   X
   X
   X
   X
   X
   X
   X
   X
   X
   X
   X
                                                                AQCR
CO
Milwaukee
Minneapolis
Mobile
Monterey
Nashville
National Capital
New York
Norfolk
Oklahoma City
Omaha
Paducah
Philadelphia
Phoenix
Pittsburgh
Portland, Oregon
Providence
Richmond, Va.
Rochester, N. Y.
Sacramento
St. Louis
Salt Lake City
San Antonio
San Diego
San Francisco
San Joaquin
Seattle
Spokane
Springfield, Mass.
Syracuse
Tampa
Toledo
Tulsa
Witchita

X
X

X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X


X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X




Oxidant
   X
              X
              X
              X
              X
              X
              X
              X
              X
              X
              X

              X
              X
              X
              X
              X
              X
              X
              X
              X
              X

              X
              X
              X
              X
              X
              X

-------
                       Table 5

    1971-1972 Air Quality Levels in Regions Projected
    to Exceed Primary Ambient Air Quality Standards
                       in 1975
  Carbon Monoxide -
 8 Hour Average (ppm)

 10-15
 Indianapolis
 Minneapolis-St. Paul

 16-20
 San Diego
 San Francisco
 San Joaquin
 National Capital
 Seattle
 Spokane
 Chicago

 21-24
 Sacramento
 Baltimore
 Boston
 Springfield
 Portland
 Pittsburgh
 Salt Lake City

 25-35
 Fairbanks
 Phoenix-Tucson
 Denver
 Philadelphia

 36-42
 Los Angeles
 New York City
                   Oxidant -
             1 Hour Average (ppm)

             .10-.15
             Phoenix-Tucson
             Philadelphia
             Pittsburgh
             Dallas-Ft. Worth
             San Antonio
             Indianapolis
             Rochester
             Cincinnati
             Portland
             Seattle
             Springfield

             .16-.20
             Denver
             National Capital
             New York City

             .21-.30
             Sacramento
             San Joaquin
             Baltimore
             Boston

             .31-.40
             San Diego
             San Francisco
             Houston-Galveston

             Greater than .40
             Los Angeles
                       Table 6

   Number of Cities Failing to Comply With National
           Standard for Oxidant and/or CO in
                   Indicated Year3
1977

21-24
Calendar Year

   1980

   12-14
1985

9-10
aEmission projections assume the implementation of the Federal
 motor vehicle emission control program and stationary source
 control but no transportation controls.

 Ranges reflect  uncertainty in the degree of stationary source
 control that will be achieved. Analysis excludes New York City,
 Denver, Fairbanks.

 Air quality projections are based on linear rollback for carbon
 monoxide and on Ref. 13 for oxidant.
           valuable land  resources for urban  highway systems, in
           addition to improving air quality. Moreover, with normal
           load  factors, the energy  efficiency of passenger buses
           and rail  transit compared  to the automobile  is well
           recognized.  Any reduction  of  automobile  usage  by
           encouraging more extensive use of public transit systems
           is highly consistent  with efforts to conserve the nation's
           energy sources.
             These  latter strategies, however, have  generated the
           most controversy surrounding the  State Transportation
           Control  Plans.  Accordingly,  this report has  been pre-
           pared  to explain the  measures and programs that have
           been  developed, as  required  by  the Clean Air  Amend-
           ments, to  reduce  automobile  emissions  through the
           reduction  of automobile  use.  Chapter 2  discusses the
           need  for auto  use reduction measures and  identifies the
           magnitude  of  the  reductions for those cities in which
           they  are needed. Chapter 3  discusses the costs and the
           potential  effectiveness  of these  measures.  Chapter  4
           outlines  the  regulatory  framework which  has  been
           developed  to  implement the auto use  reduction pro-
           grams. Chapter 5  presents  the  social  and  economic
           effects of these programs.  Chapter  6  discusses the
           relationship between the transportation programs devel-
           oped  to  improve  air  quality  and other  aspects  of
           transportation  planning at the Federal and State level.
                       References

 1. Public Law 88-206, Clean Air Act of 1963, (42 U.S.C. et. seq.)
 2. Public  Law  91-604,  "Clean  Air  Amendments  of 1970",
    December 31, 1970.
 3. Section 108(a)(2), "Clean Air Amendments of 1970", Decem-
    ber 31, 1970.
 4. Air Quality Criteria Documents; AP-49, AP-50, AP-62, AP-63,
    AP-64, AP-84; U. S. Department of Health, Education, and
    Welfare.
 5. "National Primary and Secondary Ambient Air Quality Stand-
    ards", Federal Register, Vol. 84, Num. 84, Part II, April 30,
    1971.
 6. Section 202(b)(l), "Clean Air Amendments of 1970", Decem-
    ber 31, 1970.
 7. Public Law 93-319, "Energy Supply and Environmental Coordi-
    nation Act of 1974", (15 U.S.C. 791), June 22, 1974.
 8. Section lll(b), "Clean  Air Amendments of 1970", December
    31,1970.
 9. Section  110(a)(2)(B),  "Clean Air  Amendments  of 1970",
    December 31, 1970.
10. Section  110(a)(2)(G),  "Clean Air  Amendments  of 1970",
    December 31, 1970.
11. Report of the Committee  on Public Works,  United States
    Senate together with  individual views to accompany S. 4358,
    "National Air Quality Standards Act of 1970", September 17,
    1970.
12. Report of the U. S. Senate Committee on Public Works,
    "National Air Quality Standards Act of 1970", September 17,
    1970, p. 2.
13. E. A. Schuck and R. Papetti, "Examination of the Photochemi-
    cal Air Pollution Problem in Southern California," in Technical
    Support Document for the Metropolitan Los Angeles Intrastate
    Air  Quality Control Region Transportation Control  Plan,
    Appendix D,  Environmental Protection Agency, October 30,
    1973.

-------
  chapter  2 -  the  need  for
 automobile  use  reductions
1. Introduction
   Chapter  1  discussed  the projected effect  of the
Federal new vehicle emission standards and stationary
source controls. Having controlled  ttie emissions from
stationary  sources  and  new  vehicles to  the   extent
possible, those States  containing Air Quality Control
Regions still projected  to  exceed the  air quality stand-
ards must implement further controls for transportation
sources to meet the requirements of [he Clean Air Act.
Even if the deadline for compliance with the ambient air
quality standards is  extended to 1985, approximately
ten regions would still fail to comply with the standards
for both carbon monoxide and  photochemical oxidant.
Indeed, some  of these  regions are so  severely polluted
that they will  be unable to achieve the standards at any
time in the  foreseeable future solely by relying  on the
new car emission control program and stationary source
controls.
   Growth of both the vehicle population  and  vehicle
use, deterioration of emission  control systems   on  ve-
hicles  in use, and  the  slow turnover of  the  vehicle
population  greatly  reduce the  impact of the  motor
vehicle standards within the time period  mandated  for
the attainment of the  air quality standards.  Figures 1
and  2  display  the projected HC and CO emission levels
of the light duty vehicle  population  as a  function of
time. Relative to 1972, automotive emissions  will be
reduced only about 25 percent in  1975 and  about 45
percent in  1977. Furthermore,  the historical growth of
the vehicle population and the increasing trend in annual
mileage per  vehicle lead  to  a projected  increase in
automotive emissions sometime after 1985.
   The control of emissions from automobiles is essen-
tial to ensure  full compliance with  the requirements of
the Clean Air Act  because these  vehicles comprise the
primary source of HC and CO emissions in urban areas.
Table 7 shows the general range  of relative contributions
of urban emissions sources. The data clearly indicate the
importance of automotive  emission controls.

2. Transportation Emission Control  Options
   The design of transportation  emission control strat-
egies relies upon two general approaches; the  reduction
of emission  levels of individual vehicles in use, and tlje
reduction of the total vehicle miles of :ravel  (VMT). The
remainder of Chapter 2 presents a discussion of the costs
and effectiveness  of in-use  vehicle  emission  control
measures, namely,  inspection/maintenance  (1/M) and
retrofit controls. Also included is a  discussion of service
station  emission  controls  designed to reduce   hydro-
carbon emissions attributed to gasoline vapor loss during
the marketing  process.  Finally, the magnitude  of the
VMT  reductions for those cities  in  which  they  are
needed will be considered.
   Vehicle  miles of travel can be redjced  through  the
implementation  of  traffic controls, carpooling incen-
tives, the improvement and expansion of public  trans-
portation,  and direct  disincentives to low occupancy
automobile  use, including parking and  auto-user charges.
Discussion  of  the possible costs and potential effective-
ness of these programs is presented in Chapter 3.

   a.  Inspection/Maintenance
      Inspection/maintenance programs aim at reducing
emissions  from  in-use  vehicles  by ensuring  that the
emission  levels  of those vehicles are not permitted to
deteriorate due  to inadequate or  improper maintenance.
Inspection/maintenance  programs can  accomplish emis-
sion  reductions  only  to  the  extent that  voluntary
maintenance is inadequate in maintaining the vehicles in
good condition.
      All  inspection/maintenance  approaches  include
two phases:  an inspection  phase used to screen the
vehicle population to determine which vehicles should
be  required to leceive maintenance; and a maintenance
phase, in  which appropriate corrective maintenance is
performed on the selected vehicles.
      Recent  studies (Ref.  1) have demonstrated that
significant reductions in light duty vehicle emissions can
be  achieved  through  mandatory  I/M programs. The
effectiveness of a program depends primarily upon the
fraction of the vehicle  population  induced to receive
corrective maintenance, and to some extent,  upon the
type of inspection  test used. A  program of inspecting
idle mode  exhaust  emissions is  estimated  to result in
reductions of 11 percent for HC  and 10 percent for CO
if   one-half the  vehicle  population  fails the  initial
inspection  and  receives  corrective  maintenance. An
initial failure rate of  10 percent would provide  reduc-
tions  of 6  percent for HC and 3 percent  for  CO. The
inspection of exhaust emissions while imposing a load on
the engine (a loaded mode test) should provide a 15
percent HC reduction and a 12 percent CO reduction at
a 50  percent initial failure  rate; and an 8 percent HC
reduction and a 4 percent CO reduction at a 10 percent
initial failure  rate. These figures are representative of an
annual inspection  program. More frequent inspection
and maintenance would be expected  to provide  larger
average  emissions  reductions.  I/M programs are not
expected to have a significant effect on NOX emissions
from automobile:; prior to the 1973 model year.
      The  estimated  investment cost for  an  annual
emissions inspection program using State operated lanes
is less than S3.50*  per vehicle  for  a loaded mode test
and less  than $2.00 per vehicle  for an idle mode test.
The annual opeiating cost is approximately  $2.50 per
vehicle  for  eithei  test proceduie. Maintenance  costs
observed in fleet studies of various I/M programs have
been found to be in the range of $20 to $30 (Ref. 1) for
those vehicles failing the inspection test. Accounting for
the current level of voluntary maintenance and assuming
a 30  percent failure rate,  the average  net  incremental
annual cost of inspection  and  maintenance is about $4
per vehicle (Ref. 1). The higher frequency of mainte-
nance induced by an inspection program is expected to
reduce fuel  consumption  by approximately 2 percent
(Ref.  5). At cunent gasoline prices, this represents an
annual savings of $10 per vehicle*.

   b.  Retrofit Devices
      Retrofit approaches  go beyond the attempt  made
by  inspection/maintenance  programs  to  keep  in-use
vehicles at minimum emission levels consistent with their
*A11 costs arc in 1974 dollars.
+Assuming  12,000 miles per year, 13 miles per gallon, and $.58
 per gallon.

-------
                        100
                         75
                         50
                         25
                CO
                -I
                UJ
                >
                UJ
                _l
                CO
                g
                CO
                CO
                111
                LLI
                UJ
                cc
                       Figure  1

           AUTOMOBILE HC EMISSIONS
    1975
    1980
1985
1990
                        100
                         75
                         50
                         25
                       Figure  2

           AUTOMOBILE  CO EMISSIONS
                                      1975
                        1980               1985
                         CALENDAR YEAR
                                           1990
                     Table 7

       Emission Sources in Urban Areas -1971
Emission Source Category     HC
   Pollutant
Percent of Total3
 CO     IMOV
Automobiles               50-65    77-87   40-50
Trucks, Buses, Motorcycles    5-10     8-10    8-13
Stationary Sources          25-45     3-15   37-52
aBased on emissions inventories contained in State Implementa-
 tion Plans.
age and  original  design.  The objective of  a  retrofit
approach is to reduce the emission levels of an in-use
vehicle below its "well-maintained" levels through the
addition of a device or system and/or a modification or
adjustment after its initial manufacture. Three  retrofit
approaches are currently under  consideration for wide-
spread implementation:

      Vacuum Spark  Advance  Disconnect.  Two basic
 engine modifications employed by motor vehicle manu-
 facturers in meeting Federal exhaust emission standards
 have been the leaning of air/fuel ratios and the modifica-
 tion of  ignition (spark)  timing. The modification  of
 these parameters  in pre-controlled (pre-1968)  vehicles
 will reduce CO emissions  by 9 percent, HC emissions by
 25 percent, and NOX emissions  by 23 percent. (Ref. 1).
 The installed  cost of a vacuum spark advance disconnect
 system  is approximately $20.  The estimated  mainte-

-------
10
nance cost is $5 per year (Ref. 5). Fuel consumption can
be expected to increase by about 2 percent.
      Because  1968 and later model  year vehicles have
utilized these  modifications to  some extent  to  meet
Federal emission standards, this retrofit  technique  is
considered  to  be  applicable  only  to  pre-controlled
vehicles.
      Air Bleed to Intake Manifold. Much of the effort
in the design  of emission  control systems has concen-
trated on  various means to introduce excess air  in the
fuel mixture prior to combustion. The effect is one of
reducing HC and CO  levels with  possibly some increase
of NOX  emissions. Devices  using this approach have
achieved CO reductions of  approximately  50 percent
and HC reductions of about 23 percent. (Ref. 1). No
significant effect  on NOX  emissions has been observed.
The  installed  cost  of typical air bleed  devices  ranges
from  $20 to $60, depending on the  complexity  of the
vehicle's induction system. The estimated annual mainte-
nance cost is $7. Application of the ,iir bleed system has
been observed to decrease fuel consumption by up to 4
percent.
      This technique is  applicable to some extent  to all
light  duty  vehicles  through  the 1971  model  year;
however, because of the relatively lean air/fuel  ratios on
most  controlled  vehicles, the  technique  is  primarily
applicable to pre-1968 vehicles.
      Catalytic Converter.  This  approach  involves the
installation  of an  oxidation catalyst in  the  vehicle's
exhaust system.  Catalytic converter systems reduce both
CO emissions  and HC emissions by about 50 percent.
(Ref.   1).  No  significant  effect  on  NOX  emissions  is
expected.  The installed cost  of catalyst retrofit systems
ranges from $55 to $200. (Ref.  5, 6). The installed cost
for a  specific  model  automobile  will depend on the
engine size  and  whether or not the vehicle is equipped
with  a  factory  installed  air  injection  system.  The
estimated  annual maintenance cost is $12.50 per vehicle.
      To  maintain  the  full  effectiveness  of a catalyst
retrofit system,  lead-free  fuel must be used. However,
not all vehicles  can operate on  commercially  available
lead-free gasoline without excessive  engine wear. Cur-
rently,  it  is estimated  that catalyst retrofit systems
would be applicable  for  use on  about  75 percent of
1971-74 model  year  vehicles and about 20 percent of
1968-70 model  year  vehicles.  However,  considerably
more  work is needed  to identify the specific makes and
models that could accept catalytic retrofits. Moreover, a
number of technological  issues, principally associated
with catalyst durability, remain  to be resolved. Retrofit
for 1975  and  later  automobiles is not under considera-
tion because most of  these cars will be factory-equipped
with catalyst emission control systems.

   c.  Service  Station  Vapor  Controls.
       Although  the   hydrocarbon vapors emitted  to
the air from  service   stations  cannot be  considered
motor vehicle emissions, the relationship between these
vapor losses  and  vehicle   use  is so direct that their
control can be legitimately included within the category
of transportation controls.
      The   average  service  station sells approximately
25,000 gallons of gasoline per month and in the process
is estimated to emit nearly 400 pounds of hydrocarbon
vapor.  By  1975,  uncontrolled  vapor  losses of this
magnitude will make the  service station as important a
                                                                   source of HC emissions as some of the vehicles it serves.
                                                                   Translated into grams per mile, the HC emissions from
                                                                   the  service  station  exceed  the  1977  new  car  HC
                                                                   standards.
                                                                         Service station vapor losses result primarily from
                                                                   tank truck unloading and vehicle fueling. Vapors emitted
                                                                   in these  processes  account  for over 90 percent  of the
                                                                   total vapor loss. Vapor control techniques are presently
                                                                   being  developed  and  implemented  which show  the
                                                                   potential   for  reducing  these emissions  by  over 90
                                                                   percent (Ref. 2) (a reduction  of over 80 percent in total
                                                                   service station vapor  losses).  The  annualized  cost  of
                                                                   service station vapor controls is estimated  to be approxi-
                                                                   mately $2.60 per car per year.

                                                                   3. Automotive Emissions Reductions.
                                                                      The reductions in total automotive emissions that can
                                                                   be achieved through inspection/maintenance and retrofit
                                                                   can be illustrated by considering  three possible emission
                                                                   control strategies for  in-use vehicles. Strategy 1 consists
                                                                   of inspection/maintenance using a loaded  mode test for
                                                                   all model year vehicles.  Strategy  2 requires inspection/
                                                                   maintenance for  all cars and  air bleed retrofit  for all
                                                                   1971  and  earlier  model  years. Strategy  3  requires
                                                                   inspection/maintenance for all cars, air bleed retrofit for
                                                                   all 1971  and earlier model years, and catalyst retrofit for
                                                                   1972 through 1974 model years. It is assumed that the
                                                                   catalyst retrofit will only be required for  75 percent of
                                                                   the 1972-1974 model year group.
                                                                      The impact of I/M programs or retrofit programs on
                                                                   motor vehicle  emissions levels will depend on  many
                                                                   factors which may vary significantly between regions.
                                                                   Most important among these factors are the age distribu-
                                                                   tion  of  the vehicle  population,  the annual  mileage
                                                                   accumulation  of  different age groups, and the turnover
                                                                   rate of the vehicle population. The effectiveness calcula-
                                                                   tions for  the three emission control strategies are based
                                                                   on  a hypothetical  vehicle  population which represents
                                                                   average nationwide data.
                                                                      The  emissions reductions achieved by these three
                                                                   strategies are displayed in  Table 8 for the  period 1977
                                                                   through  1990. Initially, Strategy  3, which includes the
                                                                   catalyst  retrofit, is the most effective.  The air bleed
                                                                   retrofit  program  is  more  than   twice as  effective as
                                                                   inspection/maintenance alone (Strategy 1). However, as
                                                                   the older cars which are subject  to the retrofit require-
                                                                   ments are  retired from the  vehicle  population, the
                                                                   effectiveness of both retrofit programs decreases rapidly.

                                                                                           Table 8

                                                                     Automobile Emissions Reductions Achieved by In-Use
                                                                                  Vehicle Emission  Controls

                                                                                            Emissions Reduction (%)

                                                                                 1977      1980      1985      1990
                                                                               HC   CO  HC   CO  HC   CO  HC   CO

                                                                    Strategy 1 12    12   12    12   12   12   11   12
                                                                    Strategy 2 20    37    17    26    12   12    11   12
                                                                    Strategy 3 28'   48   27    41    16   21    11   12
                                                                    Strategy 1: Inspection/maintenance
                                                                    Strategy 2: Inspection/maintenance + Air Bleed
                                                                    Strategy 3: Inspection/maintenance + Air Bleed + Catalyst
                                                                    The costs of these emissions controls are discussed in the text.

-------
By 1985, Strategy 1 and Strategy 2 are equally effective,
and 75 percent of the reduction achieved by Strategy 3
is attributed  to inspection/maintenance. Accordingly,
the  time period during which emission  reductions are
required  must  play a  key  role  in determining the
usefulness of a retrofit program. In general,  retrofit is a
short term approach to reducing emissions  from in-use
vehicles.
4.  Effects on Air Quality
   The potential air quality benefits of I/M, retrofit, and
vapor  recovery  can be demonstrated by considering the
number of additional cities which are able  to comply
with the ambient standards as a result of implementing
these measures. Table  9 displays  the number of cities
failing  to  comply  with the  standards  through  1985
assuming the  I/M,  retrofit, and vapor recovery control
strategy is fully implemented  by 1977. In comparison,
the  number of cities failing to comply without these
controls is also  shown. The effectiveness of the controls
is greatest  during the first few years when  the largest
number of older  cars, subject to the retrofit require-
ments, are still on the road. In 1977, the implementation
of  the I/M, retrofit, and  vapor  recovery programs  is
expected  to  enable about ten additional   regions to
comply with the air quality standards. By 1985, roughly
two additional regions  would  be   able  to comply;
however, at least  5 regions  would  still be  above the
standards.

5. Auto Use Reductions
   Both  cost and  technological  constraints  limit the
extent to which the emission level of in-use vehicles can
be   reduced.  The  maximum  feasible  reductions are
assumed  to be  achieved by  the in-use  vehicle control
strategy displayed in Table 9. To the extent that further
control of motor  vehicle emissions is necessary,  reduc-
tions in automobile use are required.
   In  any  particular air  quality  control  region, the
adequacy of transportation emission control strategies
for achieving the national  ambient air quality standards


                       Table 9
                                will depend on the severity of the air pollution problem
                                within  the region, the  relative contribution of mobile
                                and stationary emission sources, and the relative growth
                                rates of  these sources. Thus,  the extent of auto  use
                                reductions will vary  substantially among the air quality
                                control  regions  in  which  they  are  needed. Table 10
                                displays the distribution of auto use reductions (meas-
                                ured as vehicle  miles  of travel) necessary  to  achieve
                                nationwide compliance with  the ambient air  quality
                                standards  in  1977   and 1985.   The  projected  VMT
                                reductions  needed  in  1985  and  beyond  are  highly
                                uncertain. This is due to their extreme sensitivity to  a
                                number of parameters used in the projection calculation:
                                namely, the relative contributions of different emissions
                                sources, the  growth  rates of  these sources,  and  the
                                extent  of stationary source control achievable. Accord-
                                ingly, a broad range of the number of cities in  each of
                                two categories is shown; one category shows the number
                                of cities needing between zero  and 25  percent  VMT
                                reductions,  the  other  shows  the   number of  cities
                                requiring VMT reductions larger than 25 percent. The
                                actual  reductions needed by the  cities  in this  latter
                                category  will  depend  primarily  upon  the degree of
                                stationary source control that can be achieved by  1985.
                                  If present growth trends continue (Ref.  3), nation-
                                wide auto use  (VMT) will be about 55 percent greater in
                                1985 than in  1972. Population  growth,  the increasing
                                number of vehicles  per person,  and increasing annual
                                mileage per vehicle  all contribute about equally to this
                                growth in vehicle miles  of travel. Much of the reduction
                                of auto use needed in the future is  due  to anticipated
                                travel demand. If,  for example, the number of vehicles
                                per person and the annual mileage per vehicle remained
                                constant through 1985, auto use  would be only about
                                18 percent above current levels. This represents a VMT
                                reduction of 25 percent from the projected baseline.

                                                       Table 10

                                  Number of AQCR's Requiring Auto Use Reductions
                                      to Achieve Compliance with Oxidant and/or
                                                  Carbon Monoxide
         Number of AQCR's Failing to Comply
           With Oxidant and/or CO Standard
                  in Indicated Year3
                               Calendar Year
Without-In-Use
Vehicle Controls13

With In-Use
Vehicle Controls0
                         1977
21-24
12-17
           1980    1985
12-14   9-10
 MO   5-10
aRanges reflect  uncertainty in degree  of stationary  source
 control that will be achieved. Air quality projections are based
 on linear rollback for carbon monoxide and Ref. 4 for oxidant.
 Analysis excludes New York, Denver, Fairbanks.
"Control  strategy consists  of  stationary source controls and
 FMVECP.
cControl  strategy   consists of  stationary  source controls,
 FMVECP,  inspection/maintenance,  and  retrofit  (including
 catalyst retrofit).
                                      Auto Use Reduction

                                Less
                     Calendar   than
                      Year      10%    10%-30%  30%-50%  50% or more

                     1977          8544
                                0-25%  25% or more
                     1985b       6-8        4-6
aThe VMT reductions estimated for each AQCR are based on the
 additional  control of  motor  vehicle  emissions  required,
 assuming the regional I/M and retrofit programs for in-use
 vehicles are fully implemented by 1977. Air quality projections
 are based on linear rollback for carbon monoxide and Ref. 4 for
 oxidant. The number of AQCR's whose current transportation
 control plans include  auto use reductions exceeds the number
 used here because  some plans have substituted VMT reduction
 for retrofit. Auto use reductions are expressed as percent
 reductions in vehicle miles travelled.
 Ranges reflect  uncertainty in  the degree of  stationary source
 control  that will  be achieved and  the future growth in
 automobile use.
                                                                                               11

-------
          Accordingly, the achievement of VMT reductions of this
          magnitude  in  the mid  1980's and beyond  does not
          necessarily  require  severe  restrictions on  mobility by
          comparison with the present.
             The  need to  curtail the rapid growth and, in some
          cases, reduce present levels  of automobile use for reasons
          of air quality is twofold.  First, compliance with  the
          Clean Air  Act requires that the prescribed ambient air
          quality  standards be attained as rapidly as possible and,
          in accordance  with the  present statutes, no later than
          1977.  Furthermore, the emission  levels of  the auto-
          mobile population will begin to increase  sometime after
          1985 if the current growth patterns continue. Thus, the
          need for  reducing auto  use  to attain and maintain
          healthful air quality is  not  simply a  consequence of the
          current statutory deadlines for achieving the ambient air
          quality  standards. Rather, there will  be a continuing
          need to develop and encourage the use of more extensive
          public transportation  systems as an alternative  to low
          occupancy automobile  use.
                                  References

          1.  Control Strategies for In-use  Vehicles, U.  S. Environmental
             Protection Agency, Mobile  Source Pollution Control Program,
             Washington, D. C. 20460, November 1972.
          2.  Burr,  R. K. and  Boys, P.A.;  Systems  and Costs to Control
             Hydrocarbon  Emissions  from  Stationary Sources, Environ-
             mental Protection Agency, Strategies and Air Standards Divi-
             sion, August 1973.
          3.  Motor Vehicle Manufacturer's Association of the United States,
             1973/74 Automobile Facts and  Figures, July 1973.
          4.  E.A. Schuck  and  R. Papetti, "Examination of the  Photo-
             chemical Air  Pollution Problem in Southern California," in
             Technical Support Document for the Metropolitan Los Angeles
             Intrastate Air Quality Control Plan, Appendix D, Environmental
             Protection Agency, October 30, 1973.
          5.  Joel L.  Horowitz, "Transportation Controls are Really Needed
             in the  Air Cleanup  Fight," Environmental Science and Tech-
             nology, Vol. 8, pp. 800-805, Sept. 1974.
          6.  State  of California  Air Resources Board, data submitted in
             support of Resolution 74-31, May 8, 1974.
12

-------
chapter 3 -  methods of
 reducing  automobile  use
   In Chapter 2 it was found that at least 21  AQCR's
 need  reductions  in  automobile  use  to  achieve  the
 ambient air quality  standards  for the  transportation-
 related air  pollutants by  1977. Automobile  use  and
 emissions can be reduced by diverting automobile driver
 trips to other modes of transportation, notably transit
 and carpools. Compared to retrofit, this  approach to
 emissions reduction has the significant advantage that it
 also helps to achieve important objectives such as energy
 conservation, increased mobility for  persons who lack
 access  to  a car,  reduced  noise and congestion,  and
 reduced need  for  further  highway  construction, in
 addition to improving air quality. The first two sections
 of this chapter describe the  most significant  determi-
 nants of transit and  carpool usage and characterize the
 emissions reduction potential of transit and  carpools.
 Specific measures  for achieving diversions of automobile
 drivers  to transit and  carpools are discussed in Section 3.

 1. Transit*
   To attract significant numbers of automobile drivers
 out of their  cars, a  transit system must  satisfy three
 conditions:
   • It must have enough vehicles  to  carry  the new
      riders.
   • It must  provide  service whose quality  is com-
      parable or superior to that of the automobile. The
      most  important component of  service quality  is
      travel time.
   • Its cost to the  rider must  be attractive relative to
      the cost of operating an automobile.

   An example of the relationship between travel time,
 cost, and transit ridership for work trips is illustrated in
 Figure  3, which is based upon the results of a study of
 travel behavior in  Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania (Ref. 2). The
 variables included in  the figure are the time to walk to
 and   from  the  transit  stop, the  difference   between
 automobile  and  transit  travel  times,  the  difference
 between automobile and transit costs, and the  percent-
 age of work trips taking place by transit. The importance
 of the time and  cost variables in determining transit
 ridership can be illustrated by considering the case where
 transit  and  automobile travel times and costs are equal
 (Point  A of Figure  3). The figure  indicates  that 66
 percent of  work  trips would take  place by transit. In
 contrast, average work trip transit ridership in the U. S.
 is currently less than 15 percent.
   In  practice,  it is  unlikely  that  transit can offer
 widespread  service which is  as fast as  that of the car. A
 more realistic example  of high quality transit is illus-
 trated by point B  of Figure 3. Here, the walk'time is five
 minutes, transit travel time exceeds  automobile  travel
 time by 10 minutes, and the transit fare and automobile
 cost are equal.  Transit ridership is 21 percent. If the
 walk and   travel   times  remain  unchanged  and  the
 automobile  costs $2.00 per  work trip more than transit
 owing to free transit, parking charges or other  reasons,
*Portions of this section and of Section 2 have been adapted,
 with permission, from Ref. 1.
transit ridership for work trips increases to about 90 per-
cent (point C).
   The  reductions in the  combined  emissions of auto-
mobiles and transit vehicles thus achieved depend on the
kinds  of  transit  vehicles used  and  the design and
operation of the  transit system. If, for example, diesel
buses meeting  the California  1975 heavy-duty  diesel
emissions standards  are used and  these buses carry  an
average load of 20 passengers, the reductions in com-
bined  bus and automobile emissions  are roughly  30
percent for CO and HC and 15 percent for NOX in 1977.
In 1985, when automobile emissions will be less than in
1977, the CO and HC reductions are 20 percent and  25
percent  respectively. However, NOX emissions increase
by   about  20 percent.  This NOX increase  would  be
eliminated if an average bus occupancy of 30 passengers
were achieved.
   These quantitative results are approximate owing to
their  reliance on a single  behavioral study and rather
crude  measures of  trip  characteristics.  However,  the
conclusion that high quality transit can attract high
levels of ridership is also supported by the experience of
existing high  quality transit operations. For example, the
Shirley Highway Express in the Washington, D. C. area,
whose buses operate  in specially  reserved, congestion-
free lanes, has achieved a peak period ridership of about
40 percent compared with 19 percent for the Washing-
ton area as a whole (Ref. 3, 4). In Los Angeles, charter
buses are being used to carry workers  from outlying
residential areas to industrial employment centers. Serv-
ice is provided  on a subscription basis at a cost below
that  of the car. The bus operator estimates that the bus
service carries over 90 percent of potential users.
   Most transit systems in the U. S. do not provide the
high  quality service needed to attract high ridership. For
example, nearly 50 percent of urban area  residences are
located  three or  more blocks from  the nearest transit
stop. Transit  routes are heavily downtown oriented, but
only about 10 percent  of trips go downtown. Transit
trips  take  nearly  twice as long  as automobile  trips.
Moreover,  subsidized  free  or  reduced  rate  parking
confers  a  cost advantage  on the  automobile. Transit
service of this quality is illustrated  by point D of Figure
3. Ridership is 4 percent.
   The direct monetary cost of transit depends  on the
detailed characteristics of the design and operation  of
the  transit  system.  Average  vehicle occupancies  are
especially important determinants of whether transit use
will cost more or less than  automobile use. For example,
a commuter  bus system that achieves average occupan-
cies  of  40 to 60  passengers per vehicle  round trip is
likely to cost about the same as automobile commuting
(Refs:  1, 5).  With lower occupancies, the cost of the bus
system could exceed the cost of automobile operations
by as much  as $900 per  commuter per year. Higher
occupancy bus  systems, however, could save over $100
per commuter per year relative to the cost of continued
automobile operation. Thus, transit offers the possibility
of achieving reductions in  automobile emissions at a net
cost  saving  if  transit systems  can be  designed and
operated so as to achieve  both high quality service and
high vehicle occupancies.
   The foregoing indicates that the current low levels of
transit usage in the United States are attributable to the
poor  quality of transit service relative  to the service
provided by  the automobile. Substantial and enduring
13

-------
        to
        QC
        LU
        Q
        tr
                                                            Figure   3

                     DEPENDENCE OF WORK TRIP TRANSIT RIDERSHIP ON SERVICE  QUALITY
            100
                                                                                                WALK TIME = 5min.
                                                                                    WALK TIME = tOmin.
                -10
                     -5
0               5              10

TRANSIT TIME - AUTO TIME (min.)
15
                                                                                                                  20
                                     AUTO COST = TRANSIT FARE
                        	AUTO COST = TRANSIT FARE   +$2.00
14
reductions  in  automobile  emissions can  be achieved
through the diversion of automobile drivers to transit if
transit  has adequate vehicular  capacity  and provides
travel times comparable to the automobile at a  cost to
the rider that is attractive relative to Ihe cost of driving a
car. These emissions reductions will be available at a net
cost savings if  suitable transit vehicle occupancies can be
attained. Measures  that can  be implemented to help
achieve these goals are discussed in Section 3.

2. Carpools
   Average automobile occupancy in the U. S. is about
two persons per car. Average occupancy for work trips is
about 1.4 persons per car (Ref. 6). Since most cars are
capable  of carrying  at  least four  persons, there  is
considerable room  for reducing automobile use and
emissions  through carpooling. The principal obstacle  to
carpooling is that carpools are highly restrictive in  terms
of the service  offered. Carpoolers must have trip origins
and  destinations  that are  close  to  one another,  must
                 desire  to travel at the  same  times  of day, and, to
                 minimize  the  problems  of locating  carpool partners,
                 must make trips that are repetitive from day to day. As a
                 result, the greatest potential for increased carpool use is
                 in connection  with peak-period work trips. These trips
                 are responsible  for about 25  percent of urban area
                 automobile emissions (Ref. 7).
                    The present low auto occupancy rates for work trips
                 indicate that substantial  carpooling will not take place
                 unless measures  are implemented to encourage it. The
                 limited experience  to  date  with  carpool programs has
                 provided indications of the effectiveness of two possible
                 approaches to  encouraging carpools:
                    •  Preferential treatment for carpools on streets and
                       freeways.
                    •  Parking   restrictions   combined  with  locator
                       systems.
                    Preferential treatment for carpools has been observed
                 to increase peak period auto occupancies by 10  to 30
                 percent (Ref.  8). Locator systems combined with park-

-------OCR error (C:\Conversion\JobRoot\Region 2\00000BED\tiff\2000ZK1H.tif): Unspecified error

-------
          reduction in auto use that can be achieved through the
          diversion of additional work  trips to transit is about 5
          percent. Achieving a  10 to 20 percent reduction in auto
          use could require expansions of existing bus fleets of at
          least 50 percent and, in some cases, over 500 percent,
          depending on the  city, the design of the transit system,
          and the extent of carpooling. EPA's current estimates of
          the bus fleet expansions needed to fulfill the require-
          ments of the transportation control plans are displayed
          in   Table   11    together  with  estimates   prepared
          independently by the Department of Transportation.
          The  EPA estimates are higher than the DOT estimates
          for the following reasons:
             •  In some cities  EPA projects  that  transportation
                controls will achieve a greater reduction in auto-
                mobile usage than DOT projects.
             •  EPA has  assumed that  increased  carpooling will
                achieve 25 percent of  the needed  reductions in
                auto use, whereas DOT  assumes that carpools will
                carry 75 percent of the diverted auto travelers.
             Using EPA estimates, about 38,000 new vehicles are
          needed.  At present,  bus manufacturers  operate with a
          single shift  and are capable of producing 6000 to 6500
          vehicles per  year, or  roughly  18,000 to 20,000 vehicles
          through 1977.  With  double shifts, roughly 36,000 to
          40,000 vehicles could be produced through 1977.
             b.  Improvement of Transit Route Structures—Over
          80  percent  of urban area  automobile  emissions are
          caused  by trips that  originate and/or terminate in the
          suburbs. Over half of automobile  emissions in urban
          areas  are caused by  intersuburban  trips (Ref. 7, 11).
          Hence,  programs  directed  toward achieving substantial
          reductions in urban  area  automobile emissions  must
          include means  of reducing  emissions associated  with
          suburban  travel.  In   particular,  the  achievement  of
          substantial reductions in automobile emissions through
          the diversion of automobile  drivers to transit will  be
          possible only if  suburban  automobile  travellers are
          attracted to transit.
             Most existing  transit systems serve  suburban  areas
          very poorly.  Present  systems tend to have downtown
          oriented, radial routes which connect downtown  loca-
          tions with the suburbs but have  few crosstown, circum-
          ferential, or  intersuburban links.  As a result of this route
          structure, route densities tend to be low in the suburbs,
          and  access times are  correspondingly high. In  addition,
          transit  travel  between suburbs  frequently requires a
          detour through downtown  and, therefore, is difficult and
          time consuming. Table 12, which shows the geographical
          distribution of work-trip transit ridership in the Washing-
          ton,  D. C.  area,  illustrates  the  effect  of radial  route
          structure, among other things, on transit usage*. Transit
          ridership in the core  is 65  percent; ridership to the core
          is 37 percent,  and  ridership  in the suburbs is only 2
          percent.  These ridership  differences reflect  the long
          access and  travel  times associated with  suburban travel
          on radial transit systems.
             The   provision  of  high  quality transit service  in
          suburban  areas is often considered to be difficult or
          impossible  owing to the  problems of  collecting and
          distributing  passengers in  low density areas. However,
                                                        emerging trends in land use patterns and recent experi-
                                                        ence with  innovative  transit approaches suggest  that
                                                        many of these difficulties may be  surmountable. For
                                                        example, high density activity centers, which share many
                                                        of the traffic and travel characteristics of the urban core,
                                                        are developing  in  the  suburbs of large cities (Ref. 12).
                                                        Moreover,  the  success of  the  Shirley  Highway  bus
                                                        system, which operates with  fixed routes and schedules
                                                        and whose principal mode of access is walking, illustrates
                                                        the feasibility of attracting suburban  residents to  con-
                                                        ventional transit for trips between subi  ban residential
                                                        areas  and high density employment centers. Finally,  a
                                                        variety  of  transit approaches  now  exist  which  are
                                                        specifically  designed  for use in low density situations.
                                                        These include park-and-ride, reservation and subscription
                                                        service, dial-a-ride, and feeder bus systems that operate
                                                        in either a demand responsive  or conventional fashion.

                                                           c.  Priority Treatment for  High Occupancy Vehicles—
                                                        The speed  and reliability of bus service can be increased
                                                        substantially by  allocating highway  facilities preferen-
                                                        tially to buses through the use  of reserved lanes on
                                                        existing  highways,  specially  constructed busways,  or
                                                        other  means.  In addition,  certain  forms of priority
                                                        treatment can  be applied to carpools so as  to increase
                                                        their speed and, thereby, their attractiveness. Within the
                                                        last decade, over 200 bus priority treatments have  been
                                                        implemented  or  proposed in the  United  States and
                                                        elsewhere (Ref. 13). Examples of bus priority treatment
                                                        on freeways include:
                                                           •  The  San Bernardino Busway  in  the Los Angeles
                                                              area and  the Shirley Busway in Washington, D. C.
                                                              area;
                                                           •  Contra-flow bus lanes on the Long Island Express-
                                                              way  (New York City), 1-495  in  New Jersey, the
                                                              Southeast Expressway in Boston, and U. S. 101 in
                                                              Marin County;
                                                           •  A  special  bus  ramp  for  Seattle's Blue  Streak
                                                              express bus service, and  the  bus-carpool  bypass
                                                              lanes at the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge toll
                                                              plaza.
                                                           Examples of priority teatment  on surface  streets
                                                        include:
                                                           •  Dedicated bus streets in Chicago  and Minneapolis;
                                                           •  Contra-flow bus lanes in San Juan, Louisville, and
                                                              San Antonio;
                                                           •  Median bus  lanes in Chicago and New Orleans, and
                                                              curb  bus lanes in most major cities.
                                                           Priority treatment can increase bus freeway speeds by
                                                        a  factor of two or more without significantly affecting
                                                        auto speeds  (Refs. 3, 13). Speed  increases of up to 50


                                                                              Table 12

                                                                   Percentage Use of Transit to Work
                                                                     in the Washington, D. C. Area
                                                                    To:
16
The ridership differences shown in Table 12 are not attribu-
 table solely to the radial route structure. There are  substantial
 differences in income and auto ownership between the core and
 the suburbs.
From

Core
Urban
Suburban
Total
                                                                    Source: Ref. 4
Core

65.2
49.8
19.2
36.9
Urban  Suburban  Total
62.0
27.2
 4.2
17.9
43.5
16.9
 1.9
 5.1
60.2
 35.2
 6.7
19.4

-------
percent have resulted from surface street priority treat-
ment (Ref. 14).  However, priority treatment does not
always  benefit  buses relative  to cars.  For example,
surface  street bus lanes  in Atlanta, Birmingham,  and
Baltimore  have  increased auto speeds more than bus
speeds (Ref. 13,  15).
   The  elimination  of  congestion  delays  of buses
through priority treatment can substantially improve bus
service reliability. For example, the Shirley  Busway has
reduced  the fraction of  buses  arriving  more than  six
minutes late in Washington from 67 percent to about 10
percent (Ref. 3).  The San  Francisco - Oakland  Bay
Bridge bus/carpool  lane  has  reduced late  arrivals  by
buses from 84 percent to 45  percent in peak  periods
(Ref. 13).
   The  increased  speeds  resulting from  priority treat-
ment  can  reduce the number  of  buses   needed  to
maintain  given headways  on  a route. Maintaining the
Shirley  Busway headways would require approximately
14 additional peak period buses if the busway were not
used (Ref. 3). The Chicago median bus lane has made
possible  the elimination  of  one  peak  period bus run
(Ref. 13).
   Bus priority treatment  can also assist in the efficient
utilization of highway facilities. A single freeway lane
can carry about 2000 to  3000 persons per hour in cars
(Ref. 16). This lane can carry at least 40,000 persons per
hour  in buses assuming no stops  in lane  (Ref. 13,  16).
Similarly, a lane  on an arterial street can accommodate
at most  about 1500 persons  per hour by car but can
carry 350C more persons per  hour  by  bus (Ref.  16).
Thus,  the substitution of bus use  for  auto use  can
substantially increase roadway person carrying capacities
and,  thereby,  decrease   the  need  for   new highway
facilities.  For example,  if the riders  on  the  Shirley
Busway had to  be carried by automobile  at  current
Shirley  Highway  auto  speeds,  about three additional
lanes  of freeway  would  be needed for each direction
(Ref. 3).
   The capital costs of existing and  proposed freeway
priority treatments are $1  million to $5 million per mile
for busways (Ref. 13), $4,000 to  $310,000 per mile for
reserved lanes (Ref. 13), and $45,000 per mile for ramp
metering  (Ref. 17). Maintenance  costs are  $20,000 to
$150,000 per mile per year for reserved lanes (Ref. 13)
and about $25,000 per mile per year for ramp metering.
Initial costs of surface street bus lanes  are $3,500 to
$10,000  per mile (Ref.  13). Maintenance costs appar-
ently are absorbed in highway maintenance budgets and
are not reported.
   The experience to date with bus priority treatment
suggests that  the following  considerations  should  be
included in the  planning  of bus priority  treatments in
connection with air quality improvement programs:
   1.  Priority  treatment can significantly improve  bus
travel times only if it is implemented over a  substantial
portion of a bus route. For example, the Second Avenue
curb bus lane in  New York has increased  bus speeds by
nearly 30 percent but, because  it is only two miles in
length, saves only two minutes  of travel time (Ref. 13).
An equal speed increase over a  10 mile route could save
10 minutes of travel time  and might have an important
influence  on mode choice. A corollary to this observa-
tion  is that bus  priority  treatment is likely to be of
significant benefit only to relatively long distance travel-
lers.  For  example, the  Shirley  Busway  saves over  20
minutes  for  long distance  travellers but only  two to
three minutes for travellers from close-in locations (Ref.
3).
   2. Bus priority  treatment  should include  both the
freeway and surface street portions of transit routes. For
example, the typical  trans-bay transit route in the San
Francisco area  is  16  miles  long  with 10  miles  on
freeways and 6 miles on  surface streets. The  average
speeds are about 35  mph on  freeways and 15 mph on
streets (Ref.  13). If priority treatment increased speeds
to 55 mph  on freeways  and 20  mph  on  streets, 6
minutes would be saved on each portion of the route.
Thus, the total time savings is double that resulting from
priority treatment on  streets only or freeways only.
   3. Anticipated bus volumes should not exceed lane
capacities. Priority  treatment  may reduce bus speeds if
surface street bus lanes are required  to carry more than
about 100 buses per hour with in-lane stops (Ref. 16). If
existing or anticipated bus volumes exceed lane capacity,
consideration should  be given to alternating bus stops,
constructing  bus bays, reserving additional lanes for bus
use or reserving the entire street for buses.
   4. Mode shifts from auto to bus concurrent with bus
priority treatments  must be large enough to compensate
for  increases in  per  vehicle  auto  emissions  that may
result from any traffic congestion that may be produced
by  the  priority  treatment.  Determining whether this
condition is  fulfilled  for an entire city requires detailed
modeling of the relationships between  traffic patterns
before and after  implementation of priority treatment.
For  an individual street, the EPA speed-emissions rela-
tionships (Ref. 18) suggest auto emissions on  the street
will  not increase if, following the implementation of bus
priority treatment,  the percent reduction in auto trips
along the street exceeds the percent reduction  in auto
speeds caused by  any increased  congestion  on the
street.*
   5. Bus priority  treatments cannot be planned inde-
pendently  of  other   transit  improvement  or  traffic
management   measures.  The  effects  of bus priority
treatment on transit ridership, auto usage, and emissions
are,  in general, dependent  on the state  of the existing
transit system and  the  nature  of any other  transit
improvement or traffic management measures  that may
be taken. This can easily  be seen  by considering the
extreme  example   of a freeway  on  which  no buses
currently operate. Reservation of a lane for buses on the
freeway can  only aggravate air quality problems if the
transit system remains otherwise unchanged. But the
reserved  lane may  be  justified if  its  implementation
coincides with the inauguration of express bus service on
the  freeway.  Conversely, priority treatment for buses on
a certain  street may  be justified under  existing condi-
tions but  not if it  coincides with bus dedication of an
adjacent  street that  results  in  the  diversion of large
volumes of traffic to  the first street. Thus, bus priority
treatments and other  potential transit improvement and
traffic management measures  must be evaluated collec-
tively. The planning  of priority  treatments cannot  be
 *Bus priority treatment does not necessarily increase congestion
  on  a  street even if  automobile traffic volumes remain un-
  changed. For example, removing a parking lane and substitut-
  ing a bus lane  increases roadway capacity. Moreover, a bus lane
  replacing a  mixed  traffic  lane also can increase capacity  by
  removing the friction  of lane changes and by channelling buses
  into one lane.
17

-------
18
separated  from the rest of the transit planning process.
   The Use  of  Bus Lanes by  Carpools—In Section 2 it
was observed that  auto occupancies csn be increased by
providing  preferential treatment for carpools. Assuming
the availability  of the necessary lane capacity,  there
appear to be no engineering or safety problems associ-
ated with  the use of surface street bus lanes by qualified
cars.  Indeed,  taxis  make  use of bus lanes  in  many
European  cities. However, enforcement of a qualified car
rule will be difficult if  qualified cars  are not readily
distinguishable from other cars.
   The use  of  reserved normal-flow  freeway lanes by
carpools could  pose both enforcement and safety prob-
lems.  The  enforcement  problem  is  associated  with
distinguishing  between  qualified and  unqualified cars.
The  principal  safety problem is the  speed  difference
between the reserved lane  and the adjacent unreserved
lane.  The most extensive  experience with bus/carpool
sharing of a reserved lane  is from the  San  Francisco-
Oakland Bay Bridge (Ref. 8).  There, no safety problems
have  been  encountered.  However,  during  the   first
months  of  operation  as  many  as 30 percent of  the
vehicles using the bus/carpool lane were found to be in it
illegally, and it was necessary  to place plastic stanchions
at 12 foot  intervals along  the  lane line to discourage
violations.  In  addition, it  has been necessary for  the
California  Highway Patrol  to  undertake  a  vigorous
enforcement campaign.
   California also is experimenting with bypass lanes for
carpools at metered freeway ramps. So far, enforcement
appears  to be less of a problem at the  metered ramps
than on the Bay Bridge. Only about i 0 percent of the
cars using the  bypass  lanes have been found  to  be in
them  illegally, although the use of the bypass can save as
much as 8  minutes of travel time (Ref. 8).  However,
active enforcement of the lane-use  rules is necessary to
maintain this level  of violations.
   The  use of contra-flow freeway  lanes by cars is
generally considered to be unsafe.
   d.  Automobile  User Charges  and  F:ree or  Reduced-
Rate  Transit-The use  of automobiles in cities, particu-
larly for peak period, downtown and commuter travel, is
greatly underpriced. One source  of this underpricing is
free or reduced-rate parking. For example,  the  com-
mercial  price of all day  parking in  downtown  Washing-
ton, D. C. is roughly S2.00 per day.  Yet, a survey of
auto commuters in the Shirley Highway corridor found
that 56 percent of the auto users parked free,  and over
80 percent paid $1.00 per day or less (Ref. 3). Similarly,
a  study for the Department  of Transportation by the
Institute for Defense Analysis (Ref. 19) concluded:
   Present  auto  road-user charges,  consisting pri-
   marily  of gasoline taxes, are less than  $.015  per
   mile. This is far below  the real cost of using the
   road in both peak ($.29) and base  ($.07) peri-
   ods .... Clearly peak-hour  private  auto travel is
   heavily subsidized. Charges sufficient  to cover the
   true  costs  of  auto  travel  in  urban  areas  would
   surely cause a major restructuring of travel behav-
   ior and urban form.
   Underpricing of automobile use imposes a significant
cost disadvantage on transit from the  traveller's point of
view. It encourages  the excessive use of automobiles in
cities, particularly  for work trips, and has contributed to
the decline  of the transit industry in  the United States.
As shown in Section 1 of this chapter, if the relative user
costs  of transit and  automobiles were  changed by an
amount  that   reflected  the  current underpricing of
automobile  use  relative  to transit  use, a  substantial
diversion of automobile drivers to transit and reduction
in automobile  emissions  could be  achieved, assuming
that suitable transit facilities were available.
   There are two basic ways in which the imbalance
between transit  and  automobile  user costs might be
reduced. One is to reduce transit fares. The other is to
increase the cost  of automobile use. Several studies and
experiments with free or reduced-rate transit have been
conducted  in the United  States in recent years. These
have  generally  concluded  that  transit fare reductions
alone are likely to have little effect  on automobile use
and  that  transit  service   improvements  are of much
greater  importance in  attracting  automobile  users to
transit.  In Atlanta,  for example, a reduction in the basic
fare  from  $0.40  to  $0.15  together  with  only minor
service improvements  resulted in the  diversion to transit
of only about 20,000 automobile trips per day, roughly
2 percent of daily automobile trips (Ref. 20). A study of
free transit in Boston concluded that free transit would
have a negligible effect on auto shopping trips and would
reduce auto work trips by only about 14 percent. This
corresponds to roughly a 5  percent  reduction  in daily
automobile emissions.
   A  likely  explanation of the discouraging results of
these  and other studies of reduced-rate transit is  that the
fare   reductions  were not  accompanied by adequate
improvements  in transit service. Several studies of the
relationship between  transit  usage,  travel  times,  and
travel costs have indicated that the  response  of auto
drivers to changes in the relative costs of transit and auto
travel increases as the quality of transit service improves
(Ref. 2, 22). Whereas modest reductions in auto use can
be expected from  fare reductions associated with high
quality  transit  service, little change in auto use can be
expected  if transit service  is poor. As  explained  in
Section 1 of this chapter, most existing transit systems
offer poor quality service relative to the automobile. The
reduced-fare transit   experiments  included relatively
minor  service  improvements.  Thus, auto  drivers  for
whom transit was already prohibitively time consuming
or unavailable could not benefit from the reduced fares
and  did not switch  to  transit.  It  is,  therefore, not
surprising that  the  studies of reduced-fare transit service
have  found  that fare  changes  on  an otherwise poor
transit system have little effect on automobile travel. It
remains  to  be  determined  whether  actual experience
with  high  quality  transit will confirm  the afore-
mentioned  hypothesis  that fare reductions on good
transit systems can produce modest  reductions in auto
use.
   The  second  approach to rectifying the imbalance in
the relative  user costs of transit and the automobile is to
increase the price of automobile use to  reflect  the true
costs of automobile use.  There are several  reasons why
increasing auto user  charges  in this manner is a more
attractive option  than reducing transit fares:
   •  The existing cost imbalance  is caused  by the
      underpricing  of  auto use, not  the overpricing of
      transit use. Thus, reduced transit fares will aggra-
      vate the underpricing of urban transportation.
   •  The underpricing of automobile use can exceed
      $2.00  per  commuter  round   trip,  whereas the
      average transit fare  is about $0.60 per round trip

-------
     (Ref.  23).  Therefore, unless  transit  fares  are
     unusually high,  fare  reductions  will  not fully
     compensate for the current underpricing  of  the
     automobile and cannot be as effective in reducing
     auto use as auto user charges.
   • Reduced fares will  require transit to be  subsidized
     indefinitely.  However, auto  user  charges could
     assist  in the  attainment  of  the  high  vehicle
     occupancies needed to make  transit efficient  and
     self-supporting.
   The  principal  disadvantage  of increased  auto user
charges is that they are burdensome to the public unless
high quality transit  is available  over  widespread areas.
Whereas transit  fare  reductions  and quality improve-
ments  can be implemented independently, major transit
service  improvement  should precede  or  take place
concurrently with increases in auto user charges.
   Methods  of charging for the costs of auto use  include
increased registration fees, increased fuel costs, road use
charges, parking taxes, and the sale of licenses for access
to selected areas within a city. Apart from their possible
inclusion  in  emissions reduction programs,  many of
these methods of increasing the  costs of auto use have
been  proposed  or  implemented  in  connection  with
programs to  reduce  fuel  consumption,  ease   traffic
congestion,  or encourage transit  use. For example, in
1967 J. M. Thomson (Ref. 24) found that:
   Traffic congestion has become an important social
   and  economic problem. One possibility of reduc-
   ing  congestion  is  to  impose  special charges on
   traffic using congested roads.
Thomson estimated that requiring  a 6  shilling daily
license  for  access  to Central London  would  reduce
automobile  traffic there by  about 50  percent and that a
9  pence hourly parking  tax (which  has  no effect  on
through traffic) would  reduce  automobile  traffic  by
about  25 percent in peak  periods and  10 percent at
other times. Subsequently, Thomson reported (Ref. 25)
that:
   In  London the  Greater London  Council  have
   obtained licensing  powers to control the prices
   charged by private parking companies.  The objec-
   tives are  to prevent the prices  from being too low
   and  to control the structure of charges in order to
   discourage  long-term parkers and other peak hour
   traffic.
   J. M. Armour (Ref. 26) has described a similar policy
in Glasgow:
   The  Highway Plan  [for Glasgow],  now being
   implemented,  involves a  restraint on entry to the
   central area .... Control may be exercised by
   setting a limit to the number of [parking]  spaces
   to be provided, the charges to be made for  parking
   and  the times when certain spaces  may be opened
   and closed .... It is expected  that the  number of
   spaces for which parking charges must be paid will
   increase  from 800 (out  of 18,000  in  1971) to
   18,000 (out of 21,000) by 1980.
   Automobile user charges  have  also been proposed to
remedy transportation problems  in  the  United  States.
For example,  a report  to the Department of Transporta-
tion by the  London Transport Executive on methods of
encouraging increased  transit usage by  commuters in
U. S.  cities  (Ref.  27) included  the  following  recom-
mendation:
   Scales of charges  and  period structure should be
   regulated to insure that at least the full economic
   return for the parking facility (including land cost)
   is  recovered. Where  necessary, lates  should be
   adjusted  upwards  to  assist in achieving the right
   economic balance  between the peiceiveil  cost ol
   motoring and the cost of public transit fares Rates
   should also be adjusted to insure that provision foi
   all-day commuter parking is kept  to the minimum
   commensurate with overall policy and  that com-
   muting rates are substantially  in excess of shoi t
   term rates.
   In another icport,  on  impiovmg transportation in the
Washington,  D. C. area  (Ref. 28),  London  Transport
included the following recommendation, winch it con-
sidered "likely to have particular impact and incut  .
   Obtain  Congressional  diuhoniy  101,  ana  im-
   plement  on  a phased basis,  a  policy of charging
   Federal employees at the approprrau- coniinurud]
   rate  for   parking  then  private cais in  Federal
   agency parking accommodation ....
   A  downtown  parking plan  proposed  foi  Poiiland,
Oregon  includes the recommendation that new parking
facilities be  priced to encourage  the use ol  peripheral
parking by commuters (Ref. 33).
   To  be effective in   reducing  automobile  use  and
emissions, automobile user charges should be assessed on
daily  auto use. Moreover, the charges should be suffi-
ciently flexible  to distinguish between travellers who can
switch to transit relatively easily (e.g., commuters) and
those who cannot  (e.g., ceitain kinds of shoppers),  flic
charges  should also be capable ol distinguishing between
geographical  areas  where transrt is available  and thuse
where it is not. In  areas  where transit is poor,aulu user
charges  could  be  phased  in gradually  as   transit  is
improved, and the  revenues thus raised could be used to
pay the costs of the  tiansit improvements. Among the
various  possible methods of assessing auto  user charges,
daily licenses, parking taxes, and ceitain approaches to
road-user tolls come closest to satisfying these ciitena.
Auto  registration  fees are neither flexible nor closely
related to daily auto use.  Fuel  taxes, in addition to being
inflexible,  have the  disadvantage that they can  be
avoided through the  purchase of a  smaller car, which
uses less fuel — but does not pollute less  - than a large
car. Moreover, the  fuel cost increases needed to compen-
sate  for the underpricing of parking can be quite large.
For example, a commuter who lives 10 miles from work
would have  to  be  assessed a fuel  surcharge of roughly
$1.50 per gallon to achieve equivalence with a $2.00 per
day parking fee.
   Theie has been  little  direct experience with auto user
charges  in  the United  States.  Indeed, present public
policy tends to work  in  the opposite direction from the
one desired:  registration  fees are often lower for old,
heavily  polluting cars than for newer and deaner ones,
tolls  are imposed to pay  for facilities when they are new
and uncrowded but are  removed when the facilities are
paid  for, which is when  tolls are most needed; monthly
auto commuter tickets are available at a discount under
daily  tickets;  and long-term  parking  is frequently
cheaper per hour than short-term parking.
   The only known place where the  "before and after"
effects on traffic of a parking tax have been studied is
San  Francisco.  There, a 25  percent parking  tax was
enacted  in  1970  and remained in  force  until it was
reduced to 10 percent in  1972. The purpose of the tax
19

-------
20
was to  generate  revenue  for  the  city. A  retrospective
study of the effects of the tax (Ref. 29) reported that
the tax reduced traffic in San Francisco by less than 2
percent. This result is not  surprising. The tax increased
the average cost  of  paid  parking by only  $0.25;  it
affected only  20  percent of  daily vehicle trips in San
Francisco; and, like the reduced-fare transit experiments,
it was  not  accompanied by significant transit improve-
ments.
   The San Francisco experience  and the reduced-fare
transit experiments show that modest changes in the
relative  costs of transit and automobile travel are  not a
substitute  for transit service improvements. However, as
observed in the discussion of reduced  fare transit, the
response of auto  drivers to changes in the relative costs
of auto and transit travel is likely to increase as transit
service  improves.  Means  of  improving transit service
include  fleet expansions,  route restructuring  and bus
priority treatment. The discussion in Section 1 of this
chapter and the work of Thomson indicate that suitably
structured auto user charges, if implemented in conjunc-
tion  with  the  provision of high quality transit service,
can be  highly effective in reducing automobile  use in
cities.
   e. Parking  Restrictions-An alternative  means of
compensating for the  underpricing of automobile use in
cities and  of discouraging the excessive use of automo-
biles is to  restrict the  availability of parking spaces. The
following examples demonstrate that parking restrictions
can be effective in encouraging transit and carpool use,
discouraging automobile use, and improving air quality:
   • In  Washington,  D.  C., Federal  agencies  have
     adopted  programs to  encouiage  carpooling.  A
     highly successful  example is the National  Aero-
     nautics and Space Administration, which allocates
     parking  permits  preferentially   to  carpools.  An
     average automobile occupancy of 3.85 persons per
     car,   nearly  triple  the   normal  rate, has  been
     achieved (Ref. 9).
   • In  London, England, the moving of  employees
     from a building with low parking provision to one
     with  high  provision  has resulted in a significant
     increase  in  automobile  use  for commuting pur-
     poses (Ref. 27).
   • A survey of motorists parking in Central London
     found that  if  parking  were  not  available,  62
     percent of  the motorists would switch to public
     transit in preference to other options such as using
     taxis, walking, bicyclying or  foregoing  their trips.
     Only 4 percent of the motorists reported that a car
     was essential. (Ref. 25).
   • When a strike caused the closing of 80 percent of
     the parking spaces in downtown Pittsburgh,  Penn-
     sylvania,  75 percent  of commuters switched to
     transit,  and peak period traffic  in  the  central
     business  district declined by  25  percent (Ref. 30).
   • A total  ban on  parking in downtown Marseilles,
     France produced  a  40%  reduction  in  carbon
     monoxide concentrations (Ref. 31).
   In England, parking restrictions are a frequently used
means  of regulating traffic. Many parking facilities there
remain  closed until 9:30  a.m. to exclude commuters
(Ref. 27). In London, zoning  regulations place a ceiling
on the maximum number of parking spaces that can be
provided in new  office developments (Ref. 27). The
Glasgow Highway  Plan provides for  27,000 parking
spaces in  the central area in 1990 despite an estimated
potential  demand of 65,000 spaces  (Ref.  26).  In  the
Leicester  plan, a ceiling of 22,500 parking spaces  has
been  established, whereas  there  would be  demand  for
67,000 spaces if unlimited  use of  cars were  permitted
(Ref.  25).
   The London  Transport Executive  report on parking
policy to encourage  greater  transit  use  by  U.  S.
commuters (Ref. 27) included the following recommen-
dations:
«... Regulation  of [parking]   capacity should  be
   used as a 1ool to assist  in securing the  desired
   modal  split between public and private transport
   in  accordance with transport  policy for the city
   concerned.
•  As a ... deterrent to all-day  commuter parking,
   some  parking garages or lots  should if necessary
   remain closed until after  the normal starting times
   for commuters.
   Parking limitations to control  traffic volumes and
improve air quality are not intended to restrict access to
the affected parts of cities. Rather, they are intended to
influence  the mode of access. Thus, parking restrictions,
like free transit  and automobile  user charges, are not a
substitute for transit improvements or other means of
providing alternatives to  low  occupancy  automobile
travel. Moreover, parking restrictions should be designed
so as to  have their greatest influence on  those auto-
mobile travellers who can most  easily switch to other
modes.
   The  structure  of parking  restrictions  can have  a
significant influence  on the types  of trips affected by the
restrictions. Commuters  are among the  travellers most
readily attracted to  transit. Thus, one of the principal
objectives of parking restrictions  should be  to influence
commuter mode  choice.   Restrictions  of  long term
parking or of parking during the morning  peak  period
will serve this objective. However,  simple reductions in
the total  quantity of available parking in an area may
not affect commuters at all. For example, downtown
parking space is frequently allocated on a  first-come
first-served basis or through monthly contracts. Since
commuters tend to  arrive downtown  earlier than other
travellers, are major contract users, and are responsible
for nearly half  of the downtown parking demand in
U. S.  cities (Ref. 32), simple reductions  in available
parking space downtown  are  likely  to  result  in  the
consumption of the  remaining space by commuters  and
the restriction of non-work travellers.
   Parking restrictions  that  apply only  to  on-street
parking are likely to have little  effect on either traffic
volumes or air quality. For example, in downtown areas,
on-street  parking accounts  for less than  20 percent of
commuter parking and 15 percent of total parking (Ref.
32).  Since  about 55 percent of  downtown traffic  is
through  traffic  that does not park, a  complete prohibi-
tion  of on-street parking could  affect no more  than 6
percent of downtown traffic. If,  as  is frequently  the
case,  there exists excess off-street parking capacity, the
effect of the  on-street restrictions will be even less. Thus,
to  be effective,  parking restrictions must  include  off-
street spaces.
   The  availability   of  excess  parking  capacity  can
strongly  influence  the  effectiveness  of parking  restric-
tions  in  reducing traffic volumes.  For example, total
parking capacity in the  downtown areas of  large cities

-------
 tends to exceed  demand  by roughly 30 percent. This
 does not necessarily imply that all parking facilities have
 excess  capacity.  However, it  does mean  that parking
 restrictions  must  be  designed to take account of the
 varying degrees of excess capacity that may exist among
 various locations. Failure to do  this may cause parking
 restrictions  that  appear extremely  stringent to be  in-
 effective  in reducing  traffic. For example,  in a typical
 downtown area a total prohibition  of on-street parking
 (13 percent reduction in total spaces) and a 25 percent
 reduction in  public  off-street parking (64  percent  of
 capacity)  could have  the  effect of  reducing available
 parking  by  only 29  percent. This might just eliminate
 excess parking capacity and, thus, produce no reduction
 in downtown traffic.
    In summary, parking restrictions  can be effective in
 reducing  automobile traffic and improving air  quality.
 However,  their effectiveness is contingent upon satisfy-
 ing the  following conditions:
    •  The restrictions  should  be accompanied by the
       provision of  alternative   modes to the low occu-
       pancy automobile.
    •  The restrictions  should  be  structured so  as to
       affect  those  automobile  travellers most likely to
       switch to other modes.
    •  Off-street  parking  should  be  included  in  the
       restrictions.
    •  The restrictions must be sufficiently stringent to
       reduce  the quantity  of occupied parking space as
       well as excess capacity.
                                                        References
  1. Joel L. Horowitz, "Transportation Controls are Really Needed
    in the air Cleanup  Fight," Environmental Science and Tech-
    nology, Vol. 8, pp. 800-805, Sept. 1974.
  2 "A Disaggregated Behavioral Model of Urban Travel Demand,"
    prepared  by Charles River Associates, Inc.  for the Federal
    Highway  Administration  under  Contract No.  FH-11-7566,
    March 1972.
  3 Gerald K. Miller and Keith M. Goodman, The Shirley Highway
    Express-Bus-on-Freeway Demonstration Project -  First Year
    Results, Interim Report No. 2, prepared  for the Urban Mass
    Transportation Administration, November  1972.
  4. Additions and  Revisions to the Implementation Plan for the
    Control of Carbon Monoxide, Nitrogen Oxides, Hydrocarbons,
    and Photochemical  Oxidants  for  the District of Columbia
    Portion of the  National Capital Interstate  Air Quality Control
    Region, prepared   by the  government   of  the  District  of
    Columbia  and the  National Capital  Interstate Air Quality
    Planning Committee, April 1973.
  5. Joel L. Horowitz, "Cost-Effectiveness Analysis of Alternative
    Strategies  for  Reducing  Emissions from Motor  Vehicles,"
    Proceedings of  the Third International Clean Air Congress, pp.
    F35-F36, VDI Verlag, GmbH, Dusseldorf,  Federal Republic of
    Germany, 1973.
  6. Harry   E.   Strate,  "Automobile   Occupancy,"  Nationwide
    Personal Transportation Survey, Report No.  1, Department of
    Transportation, April 1972.
  7. Joel  L. Horowitz  and Lloyd M.  Pernela,  "Comparison  of
    Automobile  Emissions  According  to  Trip  Type in  Two
    Metropolitan Areas," Environmental Protection Agency, May
    1974.
  8. Freeway Lanes for  High  Occupancy Vehicles (Third Annual
    Progress Report), State of California, Business and Transporta-
    tion Agency, December 1973.
  9. Lew Pratsch, Carpool and  Buspool Matching Guide, Depart-
    ment of Transportation, Feb. 1973.
10. Letter to Arthur W. Busch,  Regional Administrator, Region V,
    Environmental  Protection Agency, from Hamilton H. Howze,
    Bell Helicopter Company, January 1974.
11. Joel L. Horowitz and Lloyd M. Pernela, "Analysis of Urban
    Area Automobile Emissions According to  Trip Type," Trans-
    portation Research Record, No. 492, 1974.
12  Jerry D. Ward and Norman G. Paulhus, Jr., Suburbanization
    and Its Implications for Transportation Systems, Report No.
    DOT-TST-74-8, Department of Transportation, April 1974.
13  Bus Use of  Highways: State of the  Art, Report  No. 143,
    National Cooperative  Highway Research  Program, Highway
    Research Board, 1973.
14. Downtown Distribution Plan San Bernardino Freeway Express
    Busway, prepared by Wilbur Smith and  Associates for the
    Southern California Rapid Transit District, March 1973.
15.  Preliminary Report:  A Special  Program of Low Capital Cost
   Transit Improvements for Los Angeles, prepared by Alan M.
    Vorhees and Associates, Inc. for the Southern California Rapid
    Transit District, May 1973.
16. Highway Capacity Manual, Special Report No. 87, Highway
    Research Board, 1965.
17. John F. Kain, "How  to  Improve Urban  Transportation at
    Practically  No  Cost," Public  Policy,  Vol.  XX, pp. 335-358,
    Summer 1972.
18. Compilation  of  Air  Pollutant  Emission  Factors,  (Second
    Edition),   Report No.  AP-42,   Environmental   Protection
    Agency, April 1973.
19. J. Hayden Boyd, Norman J. Asher, and  Elliot  S.  Wetzler,
    Evaluation of Rail Rapid Transit and Express Bus Service in
    the  Urban Commuter  Market, Report  No. DOT  P 6520.1,
    October 1973.
20. The  Effect of Fare Reduction and Service Changes on Transit
    Ridership  Patterns in the Atlanta Region, Metropolitan Atlanta
    Rapid Transit Authority, August 1973.
21. Thomas A. Domencich  and Gerald Kraft, Free Transit, Health
    Lexington Books, Lexington, Mass., 1970.
22. Implementation of the  N-Dimensional Logit Model, prepared
    for  the Comprehensive Planning  Organization, San Diego
    County, California, by Peat, Marwick,  Mitchell and Company,
    May 1972.
23. '72-'73  Transit Fact  Book,  American  Transit Association,
    Washington, D.C.
24. J. M. Thomson, "An  Evaluation of Two Proposals for Traffic
    Restraint in Central London," Journal of the Royal Statistical
    Society, pp. 327-367, Sept. 1967.
25. J. M. Thomson, Methods of Traffic Limitation in Urban Areas,
    Organization for  Economic Cooperation and Development,
    1972.
26. J. Armour, "Parking Objectives in Glasgow," British Parking
    Association Seminar, May 1971, quoted in Ref. 25.
27. A Generalized Automobile Parking Policy  to Encourage In-
    creased  Use of Public  Transit by Commuters, Report No.
    DOT-OS-10192, Department of Transportation, July 1972.
28. Action Plan for Early Improvements in Transportation in the
    Washington, D.C. Metropolitan   Area,  Report No. DOT-
    OS-10192, July  1972.
29. Damian J. Kulash, "Parking Taxes as Roadway Prices: A  Case
    Study  of  the  San Francisco Experience," Transportation
    Research Record No. 494, pp. 25-34, 1974.
30. Lester A. Hoel and Ervin S. Roszner, "The Pittsburgh Parking
    Strike," Report No. UMTA-PA-11-0011-72-2, prepared for the
    Department of Transportation, December 1972.
31  Kenneth Orski,  "Car Free Zones and Traffic Restraints: Tools
    of Environmental Management,"  Highway  Research  Record,
    No. 406, 1972.
32  R. W. Stout, A Report on CBD Parking, Highway Planning
    Technical Report  No. 23, Department of Transportation, April
    1971.
33. Downtown Portland Parking Plan, Deleuw,  Gather  and Com-
    pany, October 1972.
2]

-------
           chapter  4   -  transportation
           control regulations
           1.  Legal Background
              Section 109 ot the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 1857c-4)
           requires the  EPA "within  thirty days after the date of
           enactment of the Clean Air Amendments of  1970" to
           publish proposed regulations for setting forth a national
           pninaiy ail quality standard "for each air pollutant for
           which air quality criteria have been issued prior to such
           date  of enactment" and to promulgate them within 90
           days after  proposal.* The Act icquires that the primary
           standards  protect the public health  with an  adequate
           margin ol  siifety  and  that  the  secondary  standards
           piov, t (he  |.iu'oHc \veltaie Irom aii\  known  or antici-
           p-iloij .ulverse ol frets.
              ''Ciitcnn documents", which are comprehensive sum-
           maries,  written  and reviewed  by broadly based  and
           technically qualified  groups, ol the  adverse health and
           welfare  effects  of various  air  pollutants,  had  been
           prepared for carbon  monoxide  and  photochemical oxi-
           dants,  the two  air  pollutants  caused largely by the
           automobile, prior  to the  enactment of the Clean Air
           Amendments  on  December  31,  1970.  Accordingly,
           primary standards for these pollutanis were promulgated
           on April 30, 1971. 36 Federal Register 8186 (April 30,
           1971).
              Under  Section 110 of  the Act (42 U.S.C. 1857c-5)
           States  weie  required to  prepare and submit  to the
           Administiator  plans for  implementing the national am-
           bient  air  quality  standards in each  air quality control
           region  in   the  State  within  nine  months  after  that
           standard had been promulgated. Foar months after the
           end of that nine  month period, the Administrator was
           required to  announce whether the  plans so submitted
           wen;  appuwablc  under  the  conditions  set  forth in
           Section  110(a)(2)(A)-(H).
              If the  Administrator disapproved  a State  plan or
           poitiori  thereof,  or if  a  State  failed to submit  an
           implementation plan or portion thereof, he was required
           under  Section  110(c)  of the  Act  to  propose  and
           subsequently  piomulgate  regulations setting  forth  a
           substitute  implementation plan. If regulatory portions of
           a State  plan, including contiol plans  and  related  rules
           and  regulations,  weie  disapproved  or were  not sub-
           mitted, regulations setting forth subsiitute portions were
           to be proposed.
              Section 1 l()(a) requires that a valid implementation
           plan set forth a contiol stiategy that  attains the ambient
           standards  as expeditiously as practicable,  but no later
           than three  years  from  the  date the Administrator's
           approvals  and  disapprovals were announced. Thus, the
           standards  must be achieved no later  than May 31, 1975.
           For those  areas that cannot achieve the standards by this
           date, an extension under Section 110(e)of the Act may
           be granted. To quality for any extension, a plan  must
           demonstrate that  certain  elements  of the  necessary
           control strategy will not  be available  by 1975; that there
           are no  earlier,  unused  alternatives to these delayed
           elements;  and  that  available emissions controls will be
           applied as  soon as possible.
22
*Quotations in this section are from the Clean Air Act.
   The effect of the requirement that  an  extension be
granted for a specific control measure  only if "the
necessary  technology  is  unavailable," if "reasonably
available  alternative means" of emission  reduction are
considered  and applied,  and  if "interim measures of
control"   that   the   Administrator   determines  are
"reasonable  under  the  circumstances" are applied, is to
assure  that the standards  are attained "as expeditiously
as  practicable."  In  essence, if  a control measure  is
"technologically  feasible",  "practicable", "available",
and "reasonable . .  . under the circumstances," it should
be part of a plan before any extension is given for other
measures whose implementation  in  1975  would not be
technologically feasible, practicable, available or reason-
able under the circumstances. This provision of the Act
applies to plans promulgated by EPA as well as to those
submitted by the States.  If EPA  believed that such an
extension would be needed  for a region, the proposal to
grant  such extension was included in the promulgated
plan.
   The  adopted  implementation  plan must provide
unconditionally and without regard to cost for achieving
air quality standards by  1977, even if the  maximum
possible  extension  under  Section  110(e) is  granted.
However, under Section 110(f) a further extension of up
to one year in the  applicability  of  a portion of  such a
plan   may  be granted by  the  Administrator  if the
Governor of the State involved applies  for it  and if it is
shown in a formal hearing that:
   •   Good faith efforts have been made to comply with
      the portion of the plan involved
   •   Compliance  with the  affected  portion of the plan
      is impossible  because "the necessary technology or
      other  alternative  methods of  control  are  not
      available or have not been available for a sufficient
      period of time"
   •   [A] ny  available  alternative operating procedures
      and interim control measures have reduced  or will
      reduce  the impact of [the  sources that would be
      controlled by the deferred plan requirement]  on
      public health"
   •   "[T]he continued  operation  of  [the sources in-
      volved] is essential to national security or to the
      public health or welfare."
   The presence in the  ambient air of carbon monoxide
and photochemical oxidants is largely attributable to
motor vehicles. Consequently, many States were  unable
to formulate and submit adequate control strategies for
these  pollutants utilizing  only limitations  on emissions
from  stationary sources. However, as the  Administrator
noted  in  his May 31,  1972 approval/disapproval of
implementation plans,  neither the  States nor the En-
vironmental Protection Agency had any practical experi-
ence that would permit the development  of meaningful
transportation control  plans or the prediction of their
effects on air quality. Consequently, States were advised
in August  1971   (36  FR   15486)  that  adoption of
transportation control  plans could be  deferred beyond
the statutory deadline  for  submittal of implementation
plans  but that the  submitted plans would have to define
the degree of emission  reduction to  be achieved through
transportation control  measures  and identify the meas-
ures being considered. Transportation control plans were
to be  designed to augment  the existing State implemen-
tation plan  and  the  Federal Motor  Vehicle Control
Program  (FMVCP). States were  required  to  submit

-------
adopted transportation  control  plans no later  than
February 15, 1973.
   Many States requested 2-year extensions pursuant to
Section 110(e) of the Act (42 U.S.C. 1857-5(e)) for the
dttainrnent of the primary standards for the auto-related
pollutants based  on the unavailability of transportation
control measures. The Administrator determined that, in
facl,  transportation control  measures would not  be
available soon enough  to  permit attainment  of the
primaiy  standards within  the three-year  time period
prescribed  by the  Act; therefore,  two-year extensions
\veie  granted  at  the request  of  those  States that had
determined  that  transportation control measures would
be necessary. In some cases, this  meant that States were
toijuired to  submit on February 15, 1973 transportation
and/or land use control measures  that would achieve the
standards  by 1977. In other cases, the two-year exten-
sion meant  thai ceitain States would not have to submit
tiansportation  control  measures  because  the  FMVCP
and/ot stationaiy source conttol  would be adequate to
achieve the  standards by  1977 without the application
of any other transpoitation and/or land use measures.
   The Administrator's decision to  defer transportation
control plans and  to  grant two-year  extensions to all
States requesting them led to  two lawsuits against EPA,
both  of which succeeded. The first involved Los Angeles
only  arid  was brought by  the cities of San Bernardino
and   Riverside  together  with   certain environmental
groups. City of Riverside v. Ruckelshaus,  4 ERC  1728
(C.D., Calif., 1972). The court there ruled on November
16, 1972, that the Administrator had acted illegally in
deferring the transportation control plan for Los Ange-
les, and ordered him to propose such a plan by January
15, 1973. The court order stated explicitly that "such
proposed regulations shall demonstrate that the national
primary ambient  air quality standard for photochemical
oxidants shall be attained within  three years of the date
of final adoption  [or,  if the  two-year extension  men-
tioned above had been granted, within five years] ".
   The second lawsuit was brought by a collection of
national environmental  groups  in  the United  States
Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit.
Natural Resources Defense Council v.  EPA, 475 F.2d
968 (D. C. Cir. 1973), hereafter citied as the NRDC case.
It involved  transportation control plans for all  cities
other than Los Angeles and maintenance of all national
ambient air  quality standards once they are achieved.
   With  respect  to transportation  control plans, the
court held  that while  the Administrator acted "in the
best of faith," the  Clean  Air Act  did not permit the
delay in submission of transportation control portions of
State  implementation plans until  February  15, 1973, or
permit  the  granting of  extensions  to mid-1977 for
attainment of the national primary air  standards where
plans  had not been submitted. The order  required the
Administrator to  formally rescind through notice to the
States and  publication  in  the  Federal  Register the
extension  of time granted for  submission of transporta-
tion and/or  land  use control portions of implementation
plans.  It also required  the Administrator to formally
rescind in the  same manner  the extension granted to
several States to delay implementation of their plans or
portions thereof until May 31, 1977. The  court further
ordered the  Administrator to inform  the States con-
cerned that all States  that had  not yet submitted an
implementation plan fully  complying with the require-
ments of the Clean Air Act of 1970 were to submit sucli
a plan  by April 15, 1973.  That plan would have to
satisfy each and every requirement of Section 110(a)(2)-
(A)-(H) if it were to be approved by the Administrator.
   In accordance with this order, 22 States including the
District of Columbia  were   notified  by telegram  on
February  5,  1973, that any extensions granted because
of the unavailability of transportation  and/or land use
controls were canceled and that plans for the attainment
and  maintenance of the standards  for the three pollut-
ants would be required  by April 15,  1973.  A Federal
Register notice was  issued on March 20, 1973, (38 FR
7323), to complete the requirements of that court order.
This  notice  provided  that   every  State  granted  an
extension  to achieve the transportation-related air qual-
ity standards and/or permitted to defer submittal of the
transportation and/or  land use  control strategies until
February 15, 1973, would be  required to submit no later
than  April  15,  1973,  transportation  and/or land use
controls showing achievement of the standards by 1975.
In addition to those States that were required to submit
transportation  and/or  land  use  control strategies  on
February  15, 1973, a number of other States, which had
regions  that would not  achieve the standard by 1975 but
which had not been required to  submit transportation
control  strategies  because  the FMVCP was capable of
achieving  the  standards  by  1977, were  required to
submit  transportation  control strategies on  April 15,
1973. States that were  not  granted an extension but
which had deficient plans were also required to submit
transportation  control  strategies  on April  15,  1973.
Strategies  adopted by  the  States  had  to provide for
attainment and maintenance  of these standards by May
31, 1975.  At the time  of submission of a plan on April
15,  1973, the  Governor of  a State could  request an
extension   up  to  2  years   for  compliance   with  the
provisions of these plans if the specific  requirements of
Section 110(e) were satisfied by the State plan.

2. Air Quality Considerations
   After the court order in the NRDC case, EPA advised
the  States  of  the  potential need for transportation
control  plans in 39 metropolitan areas. Table 13  shows
the air quality levels in each area  used to assess the need
for transportation controls.  The table  also  shows the
estimated   reductions  in  hydrocarbon   and/or  carbon
monoxide emissions required to  achieve the  air quality
standards,  the emission reductions that were expected
by   1975   as  a  result of  the   FMVCP and  existing
stationary source controls, and the  emissions  reductions
that had  to  be  achieved through additional  stationary
source controls and/or transportation controls.
   Seven of the 39 areas listed in Table 13 were  found
capable of achieving the air  quality standards in  1975
through existing  stationary   source controls and the
FMVCP. In  addition,  transportation controls are not
needed  in  the Indio area in  California, as the elevated
oxidant levels  in this  area  are  caused by  pollutant
transport  from  Los Angeles. The remaining 31  areas
need additional emissions reductions of 5 to 59 percent.
Seven  of   these  areas  could achieve  the  air quality
standards   by  1975 through the  implementation  of
additional  stationary  source  controls (2  areas)  or
through the use of such transportation  controls such as
inspection  and  maintenance or transit improvements (5
areas).
23

-------
TABLE 13 - Air Quality Su
State
City
nmary for 39 Metropolitan Areas3
Oxidant
Concentration
(ppm)
% Hydrocarbon
Reduction
Needed
Carbon Monoxide
Concentration
(pprnf
% Reduction
Needed
% Reduction in 1975
from FMVCP and
Existing Stationary
Source Controls
Hydro-
carbon
Carbon
Monoxide

Additional Reductions
Required (%)
Hydro- Carbon
carbon Monoxide
Alabama
Alaska
Arizona
California


Colorado
District of
Columbia0
Illinois
Indiana
Missouri
Louisiana
Maryland
Massachusetts

Minnesota
New Jersey
New York


Ohio

Oregon
Pennsylvania
Texas




Utah
Washington
Birmingham
Mobile
Fairbanks
Phoenix
Los Angeles
Sacramento
San Diego
San Francisco
San Joaquin V.
Indio
Denver

Washington
Chicago
Indianapolis
Kansas City
Baton Rouge
Baltimore
Boston
Springfield
Minneapolis
Camden-Trenton
Newark
New York
Rochester
Syracuse
Cincinnati
Dayton
Toledo
Portland
Philadelphia
Pittsburgh
Austin
Dallas
El Paso
Houston
San Antonio
Salt Lake City
Seattle
Spokane
.10
.14
NA
.13
.62
.28
.32
.36
.24
.38
.18

.20
NA
.13
NA
.13
.21
.25
NA
NA
.15
.20
.20
.14
NA
.14
.12
.15
.14
.13
.15
.11
.12
.12
.32
.14
NA
NA
NA
18
41
NA
31
93
72
75
78
67
70
60

67
NA
38
NA
40
70
68
NA
NA
47
67
67
45
NA
43
30
50
43
54
49
27
34
34
75
45
NA
NA
NA
14 H
NAd
27
26
41
22
18
18
15
17
25

20
18
12
14
NA
21
22
21
15
30
17
40
NA
11
NA
NA
NA
23
20
21
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
22
20
18
37
NA
66
66
78
59
50
48
40
47
64

56
50
25
29
NA
57
59
57
40
70
47
78
NA
25
NA
NA
NA
60
55
57
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
59
55
50
47
52
NA
31
34
17
34
19
20
Dependent
12

31
NA
19
NA
55
25
24
NA
NA
27
34
48
38
NA
38
43
50
30
17
35
19
22
22
36
19
NA
NA
NA
53
NA
14
26
34
21
34
33
19
on Los
14

30
40
25
30
NA
20
34
16
29
20
20
33
NA
29
NA
NA
NA
26
32
28
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
11
18
21
0
0
0
0
59
50
41
59
47
Angeles
48

36
0
19
0
0
45
44
0
0
20
33
19
7
0
5
0
0
13
37
14
8
12
12
39
26
0
0
0
0
0
52
40
44
38
16
15
21
Reductions
50

26
10
0
0
0
37
25
41
11
50
27
45
0
0
0
0
0
34
23
29
0
0
0
0
0
48
37
29
Notes:   aBased on information in State implementation plans.   bEight-hour average.    cIncluding Maryland and Virginia Suburbs.    dNot applicable.
   24

-------
TABLE 14 — Air Quality Summary for Metropolitan Areas Granted Time Extensions3

State
Alaska
Arizona

City
Oxidant
Concentration
(ppm)
Fairbanks NA"
Phoenix . 1 3
% Hydrocarbon
Reduction
Needed
Carbon Monoxide
Concentration
(ppm)b
NA 27
31 26
% Reduction
Needed
Extension
Compliance
Date
% Reduction
from FMVCP
& Existing Stationary
Source Controls0
Hydro-
carbon
66 1977 NA
66 1977 NA
Carbon
Monoxide

Additional Reductior
Needed (%)
Hydro-
carbon
32 NA
37 NA
Carbon
Monoxidt
34
29
Alaska
Arizona
California


Colorado
District of
Columbia6
Maryland
Massachusetts

New Jersey
New York
Oregon
Pennsylvania
Texas


Utah
Washington
Fairbanks
Phoenix
Los Angeles
Sacramento
San Diego
San Francisco
San Joaquin V.
Denver

Washington
Baltimore
Boston
Springfield
Camden-Trenton
Newark
New York
Portland
Philadelphia
Pittsburgh
Dallas
Houston
San Antonio
Salt Lake City
Seattle
Spokane
NAd
.13
.62
.28
.32
.36
.24
.18

.20
.21
.25
NA
.15
.20
.20
NA
.13
.15
.12
.32
.14
NA
NA
NA
NA
31
93
72
75
78
67
60

67
70
68
NA
47
67
67
NA
54
49
34
75
45
NA
NA
NA
27
26
41
22
18
18
17
25

20
21
22
21
30
17
40
23
20
21
NA
NA
NA
22
20
18
66
66
78
59
50
48
47
64

56
57
59
57
70
47
78
60
55
57
NA
NA
NA
59
55
50
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977

1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
1976
1976
1977
1976
1977
1977
1976
1976
1976
NA
NA
47
21
48
25
32
23

47
37
33
NA
30
45
55
NA
34
46
27
65
29
NA
NA
NA
32
37
47
34
47
43
24
31

49
25
50
27
33
29
48
39
44
48
NA
NA
NA
19
25
28
NA
NA
46
51
27
53
35
37

20
33
35
NA
17
24
12
NA
21
4
7
10
16
NA
NA
NA
34
29
31
25
3
5
16
33

7
32
9
30
37
18
30
21
12
9
NA
NA
NA
40
30
22
Notes.
aBased on information in State implementation plans.
 Eight-hour average.
cAt end of extension period.
 Not applicable.
Including Maryland and Virginia suburbs.
                                                                                                                                          25

-------
             EPA determined that the remaining 24 regions would
           need additional time  beyond  1975  to  achieve the air
           quality standards. Table 14 shows the time extensions
           these  areas were granted to achieve  the standards, the
           additional  emission  reductions  provided  by existing
           emissions control programs during the extension periods,
           and the emissions reductions required through transpor-
           tation controls.  The  granting of time  extensions was
           based upon implementation of all available measures as
           expeditiously as practicable. Even with these extensions,
           which in  most cases are to  1977, emissions reductions of
           7 to 53 percent are required. The emissions reductions at
           the  high  end of this  range represent vehicle miles of
           travel (VMT) reductions of 50 to over 90 percent.
             In total, 29 metropolitan areas now have transporta-
           tion control plans.* At present, it appears likely that at
           least 10 of these areas will not achieve the air quality
           standards  by  1977   through  the implementation  of
           reasonably  available   emissions  controls.  These  areas
           include Los Angeles, San Francisco, San Diego, Fresno,
           Sacramento, Baltimore, Newark, Houston, Denver, and
           Fairbanks.  The  transportation control plans  for  all of
           these areas except  Fairbanks  include gasoline rationing
           that will take effect in  1977 if legally required  to achieve
           the air quality standards (see Section 3). However, EPA
          'does not  consider gasoline  rationing  to be a reasonable
           or desirable approach  to emissions reduction. Therefore,
           in March, 1973 EPA submitted to Congress a proposed
           amendment to the Clean Air Act that would  avoid the
           need  for  gasoline rationing   by  providing  additional
           flexibility in the setting of target dates for achieving the
           transportation related  air quality  standards (see Appen-
           dix C).
             Recent air quality  data indicate  that  certain areas
           which  were  not  required to  submit   transportation
           control plans in 1973  may  need to do so  in the future.
           This is particularly true in areas that have recently  begun
           to collect reliable air quality data for the first time and
           in areas that have unusually high  VMT growth rates. In
           addition, recent air quality  data gathered from many of
           ihe areas  that have transportation control  plans indicate
           (hat  air quality has not improved since  the time  of the
           development  of the   plans. In several  of these  areas
           pollutant  concentrations  higher  than  those used  in
           developing  the  transportation control plans  have been
           recorded.  For example, during 1974, Chicago, Dallas,
           and Denver recorded  new, high oxidant readings  as did
           Baltimore and  Washington,  D.  C.  during  1973.  Air
           quality  monitoring conducted in Boston from  1971
           through 1974 has shown that the number of days per
           year the  national standards for  carbon  monoxide are
           exceeded has grown in frequency. The recorded concen-
           trations have increased as well. Though some of these
           recorded  readings may be the result of a more extensive
           and effective monitoring system rather  than deteriorat-
           ing  air quality,  the newly recorded high concentrations
           reaffirm the need for transportation plans.

           3.  Transportation  Control Measures  to  Reduce Auto
           Use
             The principal approaches to reducing auto use that
           are  employed in the   transportation control  plans are
26
*These  29 areas are contained in 27 AQCR's. The New York
 City and Philadelphia AQCR's each contain :wo metropolitan
 .areas.
discussed  in  Chapter  3.  This section  describes the
specific auto use reduction measures considered by the
States, localities, and EPA in developing transportation
control plans. None of the measures described here is
included in all transportation plans. The process through
which  the States, localities and, where necessary, EPA
selected measures for  the  inclusion in specific plans is
described in Section 4.
   As indicated in Chapter 3, the auto-use and emissions
reductions  achieved by transportation controls  derive
from   the  effects  of  the entire  group  of measures
included in a transportation control plan, rather than the
effects of individual measures. Moreover, the effective-
ness of specific auto-use reduction approaches is strongly
dependent  on local  conditions. Thus, no attempt has
been made here  to quantify the auto-use or emissions
reduction effectiveness of individual transportation con-
trol measures.
   a. Bus and Carpool  Priority Treatment
   Priority  treatment for buses and carpools consists  of
allocating  highway facilities  preferentially to these  ve-
hicles for the purpose  of increasing their average speeds.
The  usefulness of bus priority treatment in attracting
auto drivers to transit is dependent on the quality of the
transit system or subsystem that uses priority treatment.
Hence, in areas where  bus  priority treatment is included
in a transportation control plan, the measure is a part  of
an integrated transit improvement  program. For exam-
ple, in the Washington, D. C. area, priority treatment is
used  in  combination   with  bus  fleet expansion, the
addition of new  transit routes,  and  improved bus
scheduling.
   b. Carpooling Programs
   Many transportation control plans include measures
that  provide  computerized   carpool  matching pro-
grams and preferential carpool treatment programs. The
matching programs provide  for the  formation  of car-
pools,  and  the preferential treatment programs provide
incentives such as free parking to encourage carpools.
   Computerized carpool  locator programs have been
established  in cities  such as Washington,  D.  C.  in
cooperation with the Council of Governments; Boston,
Massachusetts;  Knoxville,   Tennessee,   and  Omaha,
Nebraska.  KnoxviQe  and  Omaha have no  existing re-
quirements for transportation controls.
   c. Employer Transit Incentive Regulations
     Employer  transit incentive regulations require em-
ployers who  have i'acilities with large parking facilities (a
minimum  of 200-700 spaces) to submit a plan which
encourages the use of carpools and mass transit, while at
the same time discouraging the use of single-passenger
automobiles  for  work  related commuting. Under this
approach, the employer has the flexibility to develop his
own plan  to minimize the impact of his facility on the
area's  vehicle miles  traveled. The concept  is based on
already existing  programs which have been developed by
employers  to discourage  energy  inefficient commuting
habits.  In  addition, many employers have  voluntarily
started such  programs to avoid the acquisition  of land
for additional parking facilities.
     Companies such as  Minnesota Mining and  Manu-
facturing,  and Aerospace  Corporation  of El Segundo,
California  have  already illustrated the effectiveness  of
this approach in reducing commuter auto usage. Realiz-
ing the high  costs of expanding  their current parking
facilities and the need to conserve energy, the Minnesota

-------
Mining  and  Manufacturing  Company  has initiated a
vanpooling  program. The company has  already pur-
chased 67 vans and intends to expand the fleet to 200
vans  which  will  serve  some  2,400  employees. The
program is currently eliminating the need for 1.5 million
miles of travel a  year and annually saves an  estimated
120,000 gallons of gasoline. Through vanpooling and  the
company's carpooling program, about 40 percent of  the
3M employees engage in some form  of ride sharing. The
program pays for itself through monthly vanpool passen-
ger fees of  $19  to $29. Furthermore, people like  the
program. Of the vanpool commuters, 41 percent used to
drive to work alone and 95 percent find  the program
more convenient than the private auto.
      The  Aerospace Corporation in El  Segundo, Cali-
fornia has formulated  an  extensive employee  carpool
and charter bus program. This program includes both  the
employees of the Aerospace  facility and the employees
of  a neighboring Air  Force  facility. The  carpool-
ing program alone reduces VMT by 4.55 million miles a
year which is equivalent to 13 percent of the total VMT
generated  by employees  at  the two facilities. This
involves a  savings  of 300,000 gallons of gasoline annually
and  a reduction of 50  tons of pollutants. In addition,
over 250,000 gallons of gasoline are saved annually by
the charter bus program.
   d. Parking Programs
      Parking regulatory programs are  used  in several
transportation  control  plans  to  complement the  im-
provement of  mass transportation  and carpooling  al-
ternatives. The transportation plans include two general
types of parking  regulations: on-street parking controls
and  parking  management programs.  The on-street park-
ing controls  are similar to common regulations  in various
cities to prevent congestion and to discourage  commuter
parking on  public  streets.  In  most cases, the on-street
parking regulations are part  of a locally  developed
approved plan as  suggested by local officials for promul-
gation in an EPA plan.
      Parking management regulations are required both
to assure that new parking facilities, usually having 250
or  more  spaces,  do  not  cause  a localized  carbon
monoxide problem around the facility, and to minimize
the effects new parking facilities will have on an area's
vehicle miles traveled. The parking management program
requires the  owner  or operator of a proposed new
parking facility to obtain an  air quality permit prior to
construction  of his new facility.  The permit can  be
obtained by demonstrating that the new facility will not
cause or exacerbate a violation of the national ambient
air quality standard and that either the  facility will not
cause an increase  in vehicle miles  traveled or that efforts
have  been made  to minimize the  facility's  effect  on
VMT. These  efforts would be similar to those made  by
existing employers under the  employer incentive plan.
Minimization measures  would include the commitment
to assure that alternative transit forms such as carpooling
and mass transit will be available at the new facility.
      Under  the  parking management  regulations  the
States are encouraged  to develop their own  area-wide
parking facility plans to replace the Federal regulations.
These  plans  would focus  on the inter-relationship  of
transportation  alternatives and  new parking  facilities.
The  plans would set forth the  manner in which  the
location,  operation and  increase  in  the number  of
parking related facilities are to be kept consistent with
air  quality needs throughout  the area. The plans could
also assure that the new facilities complemented rather
than  competed with  existing and developing  transit
facilities.  London  already uses parking restrictions as a
traffic control approach (see Chapter 3), and several
areas such  as  San Diego, Los Angeles,  Portland, and
Seattle have begun such plans.
   e. Transit Expansion and Improvement
   The  improvement  and  expansion  of mass  transit
facilities is one of the key  elements for  the success of
transportation  plans.  Bus  fleet  expansion  will allow
service to be upgraded in several major  respects:
   •  Existing routes can offer more frequent service
   •  New routes  can  be established which allow more
      people the opportunity of transit
   •  Older uncomfortable vehicles can be replaced with
      smoother riding, air-conditioned vehicles.
   Many areas  have established within the last  2 years
programs to improve  and upgrade existing transit sys-
tems. Therefore, in the near future many areas will begin
to offer the type of alternative transit  which is required
to  help  achieve  the   required  VMT reductions.  An
example of the type of improvement which can effect a
reduction in VMT is  the  Seattle "Magic Carpet"  pro-
gram. City wide  faie  reductions along with free fares
within the CBD were  associated  with  a fleet expansion
and  exclusive bus lanes. The increased ridership will help
Seattle achieve the VMT reductions necessary to achieve
the National Ambient Air Quality Standaids.
   In the  development  of the  transpoitation  control
plans, EPA took  into account  the  local  plans  foi  the
upgrading of mass transit and included  these plans in the
projections of VMT into future years.  Thus, many areas
were given air quality credit for the  programs they have
established. EPA specifically  approved transit plans as
part of the transportation control  plans  in three areas
(Washington,  D.   C.,  Baltimore,  Seattle) where  local
officials  had made firm commitments for fleet expan-
sions. In other areas EPA did not approve nor disapprove
the measure but,  instead, projected the  improvements
into future VMT  predictions. If the system expansion
plans do not materialize, appropriate plan modifications
must be made in future years.
   Sufficient Federal funding is necessary if these areas
are to expand  transit to the level necessary to  provide
assistance in achieving  the  VMT  reduction  goals con-
tained in the plans. EPA has been working with DOT to
assure the availability of such funding (see  Chapter 6). In
addition, States and localities must be willing to increase
their support for mass transit. Ideas such as using sales
tax  revenues for  capital and operating  expenses  and
therefore  stabilizing fares have been successfully imple-
mented  in Atlanta. Other areas must continue to  provide
the necessary local commitment if expanded mass transit
is to become a reality.
   f. Parking Surcharge and Parking Fees
     Several of the EPA promulgated plans called  for
the implementation of surcharges or commercial rates on
parking.  The  use  of such fees both  discourages non-
carpool  automobile commuting and provides a source of
financing  for transit improvements (see Chapters 3 and
5).  The  measure  can  help  bring  about  a  significant
change in urban driving habits with a minimum of social
disruption  if  the   fees  are  properly  formulated  and
17

-------
28
integrated  with  transit  improvements.  The  program
provides  a wide  latitude of  individual  choice  to the
driver. Those whose needs or preferences are strongly in
favor  of  using the  single passenger automobile  may
continue to do so, although at a somewhat higher cost;
those who can easily adopt to other modes of transit or
a carpool will have an incentive to take such action.
   The use  of parking surcharges was limited to  three
parts of the country in the transportation control plans:
Washington,  D.  C., Boston,  Massachusetts,  and  five
metropolitan  areas  in  California  (Los Angeles,  San
Diego, San Francisco, Fresno, and Sacramento). In the
Washington area,  the surcharge measure was formulated
by the Council of Governments and the local jurisdic-
tions. The measure  was incorporated by  the Council of
Governments  into  an  area  wide  transportation  plan
which  included bus lanes, mass  transit  improvements,
carpooling programs,  bikeways   and  general parking
regulations. The  surcharge  portion  of the  plan  was
reasonably formulated to cover areas adequately served
by mass transit and was generally  viewed  as a sound
strategy. The plan was submitted to EPA  for approval
and  was  partially approved. Though the plan set  forth
adequate  commitment  for the local implementation of
the  surcharge in  the private  sector, it called  upon the
Federal Government to place it on the Federal facilities
in the D.  C. area.  EPA  thus  promulgated the  charge
according to the plan's scheme for Federal facilities.
   In Boston, the surcharge  proposal  was also  formu-
lated by  the State  and local official:;. Since  the  State
could not submit a plan  officially to EPA in the  short
time available,  the  community representatives worked
with  EPA on  the  details of the plan.  The  surcharge
measure  for Boston  was limited to areas with adequate
transit service.  After being proposed and modified by
public hearings, the surcharge  was promulgated as a part
of the Boston plan.
   The surcharge measure also was  discussed  at public
meetings on the plans for  the various cities in California.
However, the idea was not fully  developed at the local
level. EPA promulgated the surcharge  in the five  cities
without  having adequately analyzed now it should be
applied in California. Consequently, the promulgation
misapplied the surcharge-measure to the California cities.
The  fee was applied to both small and large sources over
an  area  which  was  not adequately  served  by  mass
transportation. The  adverse reaction to the surcharge in
the California cities  was thus  well-founded. However, a
more judicious application of surcharge strategy in  these
West Coast cities could have been beneficial.
   EPA had concluded at  the time of plan promulgation
that  the  statute  provided the necessary authority to
require a  surcharge.  However, after Congress expressed
its in+cnt to prohibit EPA from promulgating parking
charges in the Conference Committee's draft  report on
the  Emergency  Energy  Act, the  Administrator  took
action to remove the measures from the affected  plans
on January 15, 1974. (39  F.R. 1848, January 13, 1974).
The  parking fee prohibition language was included in the
final  Energy Supply  and Environmental Coordination
Act  of 1974. The statute still gives EPA. the auth< rity to
approve a State implementation plan which  contains a
surcharge measure.
   g. Gasoline Supply Limitations
   Gasoline limitations are, at  least in theory, one of the
most effective methods of reducing VMT.
   At the time  the  transportation control  plans  were
first proposed, gasoline supply limitations were proposed
to be included in several plans. Two types of regulations
were proposed:
   •  A gasoline supply lid that would have become
      effective during 1974 or  1975 which  would have
      limited the quantity of gasoline sold in an area to
      fiscal 1973 levels;
   •  A regulation which would be implemented on May
      31,  1977 to reduce  an area's gasoline supply and
      thus VMT, to the extent necessary to  achieve the
      ambient air quality standards.
   The gasoline  supply lid  was dropped as a primary
control  measure by EPA at the  time  the  plans  were
finally promulgated. The determination  not to include
gasoline supply lids as "reasonably available" was based
upon the  comments received during the public hearings
held on each plan and the  Agency's evaluation of the
feasibility of implementing  and  administering an effec-
tive  program.  Moreover,  possibilities of evasion, the
likelihood of noncompliance, and the difficulty of en-
forcement  appeared too  great  to make this measure
practicable.
   The  gasoline  supply  reduction   regulation  to  be
implemented  on May  31, 1977, however,  has  been
retained in  plans for several areas. In these areas, this
measure was included as a final resort measure to fulfill
the statutory requirement that a plan must achieve the
ambient air  quality standards by  1977. In each of these
areas,  even  with - the  FMVCP,  additional stationary
source  controls,   inspection/maintenance   programs,
reasonable VMT control measures, and retrofit strate-
gies,  additional VMT  reductions were necessary to
demonstrate  attainment of the standards. As the Admin-
istrator has stated on several occasions, this  measure has
been  included  in these plans to  meet  the technical
requirements of the law and the Agency does not intend
to implement this measure unless it is legally required to
do so. EPA  has submitted a  proposed amendment to the
Clean Air Act which would allow additional flexibility in
these heavily impacted areas (see Appendix C).
   h. Additional VMT Reduction Measures
   Several  othei measures were considered  and ac-
cepted or rejected  for use in  transportation control
plans. Measures  used by the States or EPA  to a limited
extent include  bicycle  lane programs and  vehicle-free
zones. Some of the approaches  which  have been con-
sidered  and  not implemented include selective vehicle
exclusion strategies and gasoline truck delivery bans.
   Bicycle Lanes
   America  is experiencing  an  unprecedented boom in
bicycle  sales and usage. In  1973  15.3 million bicycles
were  sold (Ref.  1).  Studies  submitted  as technical
support for  transportation  plans have  indicated  that
increased  use of bicycles in urban, short-distance com-
muting could assist in reducing VMT (Ref. 2, 3). Public
comments during  the  course of the  plan development
also  favored the increased use of bicycles in many areas.
   An extensive bicycle lane program now underway in
Denver, Colorado has met with much popular support
and  a vast  increase  in commuting  bicycle riders. At
present, the major obstacles to  cycling are high accident
rates, high bicycle theft rates, increased exposure to auto
pollutants, and  insufficient support  facilities. The last
problem  tends to cause the previous three, and all of
them could therefore be gieatly alleviated by providing

-------
segregated bikeways and adequate support facilities. The
EPA  approved or promulgated bicycle  lane programs
generally  provide for  both  physical  separation and
adequate storage facilities.
   Vehicle Free Zones
   Traffic free zones are primarily used to control local
carbon monoxide problems. The  zones  are necessarily
restricted in size  (approximately  ten  blocks or less) in
order to provide foot access. Vehicle free zones are being
included  in plans for  Springfield, Massachusetts, the
Camden-Trenton area of New Jersey, and Salt Lake City,
Utah to reduce carbon monoxide concentrations.
   Selected Vehicle Use Prohibitions
   In several regions, EPA proposed a regulation under
which the vehicle population  would have been divided
into five  categories. Each category of vehicles would
have  been  required  to display prominently a tag of a
distinctive  color:  on  one day of each  working  week
vehicles marked with one such color would have been
forbidden to operate.
   Testimony  at  all  the public hearings indicated that
measures of this type would be unenforceable because of
their  severity  and arbitrary  nature. The number  of
additional  enforcement personnel necessary to imple-
ment such a program would  have been so great  as to
preclude  the reasonable availability of this measure. If
the  measure  were  implemented, many  methods  of
evasion would  doubtless be devised. Consequently, use
of the selective vehicle ban was rejected as a strategy.
   Gasoline Truck Delivery Bans
   The  emissions from  gasoline-powered  trucks are
regulated far less stringently than those from passenger
cars.  EPA  and certain  local governments considered
imposing selective truck delivery bans as a strategy. This
approach would be intended to reduce pollution both by
removing  congestion   associated  with truck deliveries
during peak traffic periods and by reducing emissions
from truck operations.
   The degree  of restriction on  truck  travel  which is
consistent with the maintenance  of a healthy economy
varies greatly from city to city. In most instances, the
potential for economic disruption combined  with the
low  contribution  of  trucks to  total emissions caused
EPA to reject such measures. However,  in New Jersey
the contribution  of  gasoline-powered trucks  to overall
air  pollution problems  is far  more  significant than in
most  areas. Therefore, EPA  originally promulgated  a
heavy-duty delivery ban during  the morning hours for
the Northern  New Jersey area.  After  receiving many
comments concerning this measure from  the public and
affected industry, it was found that equivalent emissions
reductions   from  gasoline-powered   trucks  could be
achieved  through a  relatively inexpensive carburetor
modification or replacement. Accordingly, EPA revoked
the truck delivery ban and proposed the  less socially
disruptive truck engine modification measure.

4 Transportation Control Plan Development Process
   a.  Initial State Submissions
      The Clean  Air  Act  assigns to States  and the
affected  cities primary  responsibility  for  developing
implementation plans to achieve the ambient air quality
standards. By law, EPA promulgates an implementation
plan or portion of a plan only if a State  fails to submit
an approvable plan by the legally established deadline. In
the case of the transportation portions of implementa-
tion plans, the deadline was April 15, 1973.
   To assist States in the development of transportation
control plans, EPA financed contractors to work with
the affected  areas to  gather  data  and help draft the
required  plans.  The  contractors generally completed
their activities in early 1973.
   In  most cases, the States took few actions beyond the
stage  of  technical cooperation  with the  contractors
during the  period of contractor activity. Since transpor-
tation control plans had to be proposed, submitted to a
public hearing and comment  process,  reevaluated, and
approved by various levels of State government prior to
submission to EPA for approval, the majority of affected
States  were far from a plan submission  stage by  early
1973.  This situation was  further complicated by the
court order in  the NRDC  case,  which  required submis-
sion of plans by additional States  that had previously
relied solely  on the FMVCP  for standard attainment.
Consequently,  few transportation  control  plans  were
ready for submission to EPA by the court established
April  15 deadline.
   By  June 15,  1973, only 16 States had  submitted
plans  to EPA for approval. Most of these plans were
entirely disapproved or found to be partially inadequate.
Most of the approved plans required few transportation
control measures, since they demonstrated that station-
 . / source  controls combined with the new car emission
control program  would  provide for standard  achieve-
ment  by  1975. However, a stringent and  approvable
transportation plan was submitted for New York City.
This plan was the first major State developed transporta-
tion control plan approved in its entirety.
   EPA was legally required to  propose transportation
controls on June  15, 1973 for areas  that had submitted
inadequate plans of their own or no plans. Both before
and after the June 15 proposals were made, EPA worked
with  State and local  officials  to  encourage them to
formulate transportation control approaches that could
replace  or  be  included among the EPA-proposed meas-
ures.  EPA accepted the approvable portions  of inade-
quate plans and proposed only additional measures that
complemented the approved portions.  In many cases,
the EPA proposals employed the same approaches that
were submitted by the States but not approved due to
technical or legal omissions.
   Plan development  activity  in the Washington, D.C.
area provides  an  example of this process. The plan for
the metropolitan Washington, D.C. was developed by the
Metropolitan Washington Council of Governments dur-
ing the  18 months preceeding the April submission date.
During  April  of  1973, the three affected jurisdictions
(Washington, D.C., Virginia, and Maryland) submitted
complementary  plans  for  the  National Capital area
which were  partially  approved. The  EPA  proposed
measures for the disapproved portions of the Washington
area plans followed the structure of the submitted plans.
The Agency  continued  to work with  the  Council of
Governments and representatives of the various jurisdic-
tions to finish a new plan submission  for the disapproved
portions.  In  late July of  1973, the area governments
submitted  plan revisions. These revisions were for the
most  part approved and replaced some of the proposed
regulations. Consequently, the regulations which were
promulgated  by  EPA  covered only certain remaining

-------
30
inadequate portions of the existing State plans. Since the
promulgation,  the  local  jurisdictions have  developed
additional revisions to replace most of the EPA regula-
tions.
   The proposal of total plans for  other areas, such as
Portland,  Oregon and Minneapolis, Minnesota was fol-
lowed by  total approval of plans subsequently submitted
oy the States. These plan approvals negated the need for
Federal promulgation actions.  An  inadequate plan for
Denver, Colorado  was originally  submitted and  dis-
approved.  Following EPA's  proposal of measures for
Denver, the  State  of Colorado  submitted approvable
plan revisions which replaced all  transportation  related
measures  in  the  EPA  proposed plan. In  many other
cases, local plan development continued past the time of
EPA's  proposal  actions  and  completely  or partially
lemoved the  need for EPA to promulgate measures for
those areas.
   As a result  of this emphasis on local participation,
plans for 17 of the  original 39 areas needing transporta-
tion controls have been totally or partially approved.
   b. EPA Promulgations
      In  the  remaining  cases,  EPA  was required to
promulgate  entire   transportation  control  plans.  The
procedures  followed by  EPA included solicitation of
public comment  and the holding of public hearings in
the  affected  areas. The  proposed plans were modified in
a  large number  of  cases as a  result of information
acquired during the comment and hearing process.
   EPA  used  the  following  priorities  in considering
transportation  control  measures  for  inclusion  in  pro-
mulgated  plans (although there were certain exceptions
as noted below):
      Additional stationary source control
      Inspection/maintenance
      VMT reduction measures
      Retrofit
      Gasoline supply limitations
These  priorities generally move from tfte  most accept-
able to  least acceptable  control  measures.  Additional
stationary source regulations on certain industrial proc-
esses such as  solvent  usage  or dry  cleaning and on
evaporation of vapors during gasoline marketing proces-
ses  are  considered  traditional  pollution control  ap-
proaches. Thus EPA included these controls initially in
plans before  considering additional transportation meas-
ures.
   Inspection/maintenance is the next most acceptable
alternative.  Inspection/maintenance  assures  that emis-
sion control  devices placed on new motor vehicles will
continue  to  be maintained  over  the  vehicles' lifetimes.
The program can provide significant emission  reductions;
it can  be  easily financed by vehicle registration fees, and
it has a precedent in safety inspection programs.
   When VMT reductions were required, initial consider-
ation was given to priority treatment for high occupancy
vehicles,  transit  improvements, carpool programs, and
employer incentive  regulations. If  more emissions con-
trol was required, additional VMT reduction measures or
retrofits were  applied.  The  other VMT reduction meas-
ures included  on-street  parking  limitations,  parking
management plans, and surcharge regulations. The retro-
fit measures  called  for the placing of additional controls
on in-use vehicles.  Although retrofit controls placed an
economic  burden directly on  the vehicle owner, they
were  preferred in  areas such  as Phoenix, Arizona  over
the  use  of  some  of  the  more  stringent  regulations
designed to reduce vehicle miles traveled.
   Catalytic  converter  retrofits  and  gasoline supply
limitations were only  used  as last resort for especially
severe air  pollution  problems. Despite  the potential
effectiveness  of  catalytic control retrofits on  newer
model in-use  vehicles,  the  high cost and technical
problems associated with  these devices discouraged their
inclusion in control plans if other options were available.
Gasoline limitations,  which are to be applied in mid-
1977, were included  only as a last resort. EPA's policy
on  gasoline limitations  is discussed in Section 3 of this
chapter.
   c.  Selection Factors for VMT Measures
      The factors considered in selecting VMT reduction
measures for EPA promulgated plans included:
   •  The VMT reduction capabilities of measures and
      combinations of measures
   •  The  enforceability  and  legal   defensibility  of
      measures
   •  Previous experience with measures
   •  The pollutants being controlled
   •  The quality of existing or planned transit service in
      communities
   •  The  economic  and  social  disruption associated
      with measures
   The   VMT   reductions   achieved  through  trans-
portation controls derive  from the effects of the entire
group of measures included  in a transportation  plan,
rather than the effects of  any  single measure. Hence,
during plan development emphasis was placed on the
effects that combinations of complementary measures
would have  on automobile use  in an  area. An attempt
was made to assure that  a variety of measures, such  as
transit improvements, carpool  programs,  bicycle  lane
programs,  and  employer transit incentive  programs
would be implemented. Measures to  discourage single
occupancy vehicle use were included in many plans  to
complement  the  transit improvement  measures. These
measures included on-street  parking limitations,  free
parking for carpools, parking management programs, and
parking surcharges.
   Another major  factor considered in the selection  of
control  measures  was  the  legal  defensibility of the
measures and theii enforceability.  Many of the measures
included in  the  transportation  control plans call for
action affecting the operation of streets and roads (e.g.,
exclusive buslanes, bicycle  lanes, and restrictions on
on-street parking). When  EPA promulgated these meas-
ures,  the resulting regulations  require  State  or  local
governments  to implement the measures. This approach
is based upon two premises:
   •  That governmental units  must  abide by  valid
      implementation  plan  requirements  just  as  any
      other source is required to  comply
   •  That governments are  the owners and  operators  of
      pollution  sources  through  their ownership  and
      operation of the streets and highways.
This position is analogous to holding a local government
responsible for sewage  collection  and treatment rather
than each individual citizen  and  has been upheld by the
Third Circuit Court of Appeals in Commonwealth  of
Pennsylvania  v. EPA, 500 F.2d246.
   Control strategies such as employer  mass transit and

-------
carpool incentive programs,  parking management, and
off-street parking space reductions involve limitations of
off-street  parking and  require actions  on the part of
owners or operators of particular facilities. (The relation-
ship of parking supply to automobile use  and  emissions
is discussed in Chapter 3). EPA does not assert the right
to  compel  State  or   local  governments to  regulate
off-street parking, although they may  regulate it if they
wish  as  part of an  implementation  plan.  In South
Terminal Corporation  v.  EPA,  6  ERC 2025 (C.A. !,
1974), the  court upheld  EPA's  authority to control
parking facilities and  the principles  behind  the  VMT
control  measures promulgated in  the Boston area by
EPA.
   The  question of  EPA's  authority  to  promulgate
parking surcharges has  become moot due to the explicit
Congressional  prohibition  on such EPA  promulgation
contained in  the Energy Supply  and Environmental
Coordination Act of 1974, P.L. 93-319, 88  Stat. 246
(June 22, 1974). However, at  the time  EPA promulgated
this  measure, the question had been extensively exam-
ined with the conclusion that such a measure probably
could be upheld.
   A third factor EPA considered in  selecting VMT
reduction measures  was the past experience with  a
particular measure.  Most of  the measures promulgated
have  previously  been  used  or proposed to alleviate
transportation  problems  other  than  air quality.  Bus
lanes, for example, have  been widely examined and
utilized as a  mass transportation improvement measure
during recent  years  (see  Chapter 3). The  employer
transportation incentive program  is based on existing
programs set up by private employers to  conserve energy
or avoid the costs of additional parking facilities.
   The air pollutants requiring control can vary between
areas requiring transportation controls  and influenced
the selection  of VMT reduction measures for a  particular
area. For  example,  if  carbon monoxide  is a  major
problem  in  the core  area of a city,  measures such as
parking restrictions  in the  affected  central  city area
might be appropriate. On the other hand, in the case of
region-wide oxidant control,  measures such as employer
transit incentive  programs, which result  in  area-wide
VMT reductions, are needed.
   Another consideration involved in  the selection of
measures was the existing transit programs and plans of
the affected communities. In  Dallas, Texas, for example,
local government officials had been considering the use
of bus lanes to aid the local transit  system.  Realizing
these existing plans, EPA promulgated bus lane related
strategies for the Dallas-Fort Worth region.
   The incorporation of an on-street  mall in  Salt  Lake
City was suggested  by city officials at hearings held by
EPA, since such a concept was  a  part of the on-going
program to reduce downtown  congestion.
   The plan submitted by the  State of Washington for
Seattle contained a proposal  for a carpool  matching
strategy.  EPA was forced to disapprove this strategy due
to  the  lack   of  an enforceable  commitment  to the
program and  the lack of administrative details.  However,
in view  of  the  continued show  of  support for  this
measure at public hearings and in  correspondence  from
city  officials, EPA promulgated the program as part of
the transportation control plan. Whenever possible, EPA
attempted either to use previously developed local  plans
which  would  contribute  to VMT reductions  or  to
promulgate  measures  for  which  public support  was
evident.
   Finally, EPA considered the potential economic and
social disruption associated with control measures. Ef-
forts were made to insure that transit or carpools would
be capable of carrying the automobile trips displaced by
transportation control measures. For example, the park-
ing surcharge regulation originally promulgated and now
withdrawn for the Washington, D.C. area was structured
to  affect  only  peak  period work trips to  locations
well-served by transit. Moreover, the surcharge was to be
increased gradually  over  a period of  several years as
transit service improved.


5. Status of Transportation Control Plans
   Appendix A lists each VMT control measure promul-
gated or approved by EPA,  and  summarizes status of
each of  these measures.  This listing includes only aiea;
where  VMT  control  strategies were included in trans-
portation control plans. Therefore, areas such as Indian-
apolis  and   Cincinnati,  whose plans  have no VMT
reduction measures, are not included in Appendix A.
   Bus priority treatment is included in thirteen plans;
bicycle   lanes  are  included  in  eight   plans;  parking
management  is  included  in nineteen  plans;  carpool
matching programs are included in eighteen plans; and
on-street parking restrictions are included in eight plans.
Parking surcharges  and parking fees  were  included in
plans for five areas. However, after Congress expressed
its  intent  to  prohibit  the  EPA  from  promulgating
parking surcharges, the EPA  rescinded  this measure in
each of the plans where it was promulgated on January
15,  1974  (39  FR 1848). Employer mass  transit  and
carpool incentive progams were a part of plans in fifteen
areas. In three areas in  California, in  the Washington,
D.C.  area  and New  Jersey, this measure  consisted
primarily of  charges for  employee  parking. These, too,
were rescinded by the Administrator in his January 15,
1974,  action. In the  areas where  the  employer mass
transit and carpool  incentive program  did not contain a
requirement for parking  charges, the  provision remains
in effect. In New Jersey,  a new regulation covering
employer incentive program  was proposed and promul-
gated.
   In those areas where parking surcharges and fees were
rescinded by the Administrator, substantial gaps have
been  created.  For  example,  in  Boston  the  parking
surcharge and other parking fees accounted for approxi-
mately  5 percent  of the  required carbon monoxide
reductions  in  the   core area and  approximately  10
percent of the  carbon monoxide reductions in the east
Boston area.  This reduction is greater than the reduction
achieved by  retrofitting  pre-1968 vehicles with VSAD
devices and 1974 vehicles with oxidizing catalyst retro-
fits. In terms of hydrocarbon emissions reductions, the
surcharge and parking fees  are roughly equivalent to the
VSAD and catalytic retrofit measures.  In the Washing-
ton, D.C. area, the parking surcharge and parking  fees
represented emissions reductions greater than the com-
bined total reductions achieved through VSAD  retrofit
of pre-1968 vehicles, catalytic retrofit of fleet vehicles,
and retrofit of heavy-duty vehicles.
   Although  compliance with the transportation control
regulations is spotty and not nearly complete, substan-
31

-------
32
tial progress  is being  made.  Exclusive  buslanes  are
progressing toward  implementation in many areas.  For
example, pilot lanes have been established in Seattle,  Los
Angeles, Denver, the New Jersey suburbs of New York
City,  and the Washington,  D.C. area.  In Pennsylvania
studies  are   underway  to  determine  the  best  route
locations. In general, funding  for the  construction or
conversion of these exclusive lanes is available under the
current highway legislation.
   Transit fleet expansions and system improvements are
being undertaken in many transportation  control areas.
However, as was discussed in Section 3 of this chapter,
EPA approved this measure only when it was specifically
proposed by a State and did not promulgate it. In areas
such as Washington, D.C.  and Baltimore, the  progress
toward  fulfilling the goals set out in the plans has been
substantial.  However, to fulfill  the need  for expanded
bus fleets  in  cities such as New York,  Los  Angeles,
Seattle, Philadelphia and Denver, additional Federal  and
State  funding must be made available to finance  the
costs  of fleet  expansions  and  other  system improve-
ments.
   On-street  parking restrictions  have  recently been
established in Arlington, Virginia and are under develop-
ment  in Washington, D.C. Other areas are beginning to
implement  this program  on  a  pilot basis.  Carpool
matching programs have been especially successful, often
as a result of the gasoline shortage of early  1974. Most
of  these  programs are in  the pilot  phase  but  are
scheduled to progress  in  a timely manner  toward  full
implementation.
   The  parking management regulations promulgated
during November  and  December  of 1973,  which  met
initial  resistance, have  had amendments proposed on
August  22,  1974 (39 FR 30440) which add flexibility
and  encourage  local  participation.  Several  areas  are
actively  pursuing  the  development of comprehensive
parking  management  plans. These  areas include  Los
Angeles, San  Diego and San Francisco.  The State of
Washington  has recently adopted an  indirect source
regulation which includes parking management review in
Seattle  and  Spokane. The State of Oregon  is currently
reviewing new parking facilities in the Portland area.
   The  employer  mass  transit and  carpool  incentive
piograms also are  progressing.  Many substantial, effec-
tive plans have been submitted in  areas such as Boston,
the New Jersey suburbs of New York, Phoenix, Balti-
more, Houston, and Pittsburgh.
   There have been problems encountered in the imple-
mentation  of many measures.  For example, several
parties  have  challenged EPA's  authority  to  require an
employer to submit a mass transit and caipool incentive
program. The only court to rule on this issue has decided
this issue in EPA's favor. South Terminal Corporation v.
EPA,  6 ERC 2025 (C.A.  1,  1974). Some  employers
subject to employer incentive regulations have submitted
inadequate plans,  and  some others  have not made  a
submittal.
   In  Texas,  pursuant  to the order of the Fifth Circuit
Court of Appeals in State of Texas,  el al, v. EPA,  499
F.2d 289, all  VMT related control strategies have been
deferred pending  reconsideration of the reactivity of
hydrocarbon emissions from refineries. In Massachusetts
pursuant to  the  South Terminal case, implementation of
several  parking  controls  was  suspended pending re-
examination of air quality data.
   In  areas  such as Philadelphia and  its New Jersey
suburbs, jurisdictional problems have caused difficulties
in implementing exclusive buslanes. Similar problems are
being encountered  in  several other areas where more
than one political entity is involved.

6. Indirect Source Review
   An  indirect  source  is a  facility that may  attract
automobile traffic sufficient  to cause violations of the
ambient  air  quality standards in  the  vicinity  of the
source. Examples of indirect sources include  shopping
centers, office buildings, sports  stadia, highways,  and
airports.
   Regulations foi  indirect  source review  (ISR)  will
require the developer of a  proposed indirect  source to
obtain a  permit prior to construction  from EPA or, in
many cases, from State or local  agencies administering
their own or EPA's indirect  source program.  A permit
will be issued  unless it  is found that the construction of
a source will violate  the ambient air quality standards.
   As is more fully explained in  Appendix B, EPA has
determined  that  State  implementation plans  must in-
clude indirect source   regulations in  order   to assure
continued  maintenance  of  the   ambient air  quality
standards. Despite  the beneficial  effects of new  car
emissions controls, stationary source controls, and trans-
portation controls, new indirect sources having  sufficient
trip-inducing capacity  may  attract sufficient  traffic to
cause localized  violations  of the  ambient air  quality
standards, particularly  the carbon monoxide  standards.
Since,  by law, implementation plans must assure  that
this does not happen,  there  must be  a mechanism to
review proposed new  indirect sources prior to their
construction  and to assure  that  such  sources will be
constructed  in a manner that does not  lead to violation
of the air quality standards. ISR provides this  mecha-
nism.
   Although the basic concept of indirect source review
is  straight-forward,  there are  certain technical  problems
involved  in  determining whether a proposed indirect
source actually will cause a violation of the air  quality
standards. In the case of nitrogen dioxide and oxidants,
it is difficult to prove that a  specific indirect source the
size of most real estate developments will cause  (or has
caused) a specific  air  pollutant  concentration.  This  is
because individual sources emit only the  precursors of
these  pollutants. It  may be several hours and many miles
downwind before the pollutants  emitted  at an indirect
source react in the  atmosphere to form nitrogen dioxide
and oxidants. However, in the case of carbon monoxide,
which  is relatively unreactive and is  emitted directly
from  mobile  sources,  there  is clear evidence that the
traffic in the vicinity of indirect sources can threaten or
violate the  air quality  standards  for  carbon monoxide
(Ref. 4, 5,  6).  Hence, present  ISR regulations focus
mainly  on   localized   carbon  monoxide air  quality
problems.
   EPA strongly encourages States to develop  their  own
ISR programs and  submit them to EPA for  approval.
However,  EPA  will  promulgate  ISR  regulations  for
States that do not  submit  approvable  ISR programs of
their own. In  developing a Federal ISR regulation, EPA
focused on major facilities  that could have a  significant
effect  on air quality. In the  case of  new real estate
developments, the  criterion for determining whether a
facility is subject to review is based on parking  lot size

-------
(i.e., new parking  capacity of  at  least 1000 cars in
SMSA's and 2000 cars elsewhere). This does not mean
that facilities with lots greater than  1000 spaces cannot
be built, but that such facilities must  be evaluated for
their effects on local carbon monoxide concentrations.
Moreover, ISR makes  no  presumptions about which
facilities  will cause violations of the carbon monoxide
standard. Rather, it is a review regulation that requires a
specific finding supported by technical evidence that the
standard  would be  violated by a certain facility before
that facility's permit to construct may be denied.
   EPA  expects  that  by using  improved  traffic  flow
design  or incorporating  certain  transit options  into
facility operations, most  facilities  subject  to  ISR will
satisfy  the requirements for issuance of a  permit. The
types of design options likely satisfy air quality require-
ments  are  frequently incorporated  in facility design
already and normally are consistent with achieving other
desirable  effects  such as smooth  traffic  flow in and
around the proposed facility.
   EPA has  published and  distributed  technical guide-
lines  that frequently  will be  used by  the  Agency for
making its decisions on requests for ISR permits (Ref.
7). These guidelines contain a simplified methodology
for relating key traffic characteristics to localized carbon
monoxide concentrations  and   should be useful  to
developers in  designing their facilities. The guidelines
also  include   a  discussion  of  several  approaches  to
improving traffic flow characteristics and, thus, minimiz-
ing a facility's potential for causing a  violation of the
carbon  monoxide standard. Moreover, the guidelines
translate  the  required air quality  determination  into
specific performance criteria with which developers are
much more familiar.
   EPA strongly  encourages State or local governments
to assume the responsibility  for making ISR decisions,
operating under  either EPA approved  State  or local
regulations or as  EPA's agent.  EPA staff have met on
numerous occasions with  State and local agencies, the
National Association of Counties, the League of Cities,
the Governors' Conference, the National Association of
Regional Councils and other similar groups to encourage
local  participation in ISR, explain EPA's position, and
obtain the various groups' views. In developing its  own
regulation, EPA has had meetings and discussions with a
wide  variety  of  industry and  public  interest groups
including the International Council of Shopping Centers,
National  Association of  Realtors, the National Realty
Committee, and the Natural Resources Defense Council.
   EPA  has developed an  ISR  application  form (ap-
proved by OMB) and  has made  this available, together
with the previously  discussed technical guidelines, at
each EPA regional office. As of November 12, 1974, five
applications have been received by EPA regional offices.
One application was made available for public comment
on October 30,  1974 after a preliminary determination
of acceptability. The other  applications are undergoing
review  for  their  completeness and/or preliminary de-
termination of acceptability at the time of writing.
   Although the  EPA-promulgated ISR regulations  do
not  require review of facilities unless construction begins
on or after January 1, 1975, several States  already have
begun to implement indirect source regulations of their
own. EPA has the approved ISR regulations submitted
by  Alabama,  Florida, Guam,  Kentucky,  and  North
Carolina. The  approved ISR regulations will  operate in
place of EPA's regulations in these jurisdictions. State-
submitted ISR regulations  of Maine, New York, and
Virginia have  been disapproved. EPA is continuing to
assist these and all  other States  to  develp approvable
regulations. Thirteen additional  States have  submitted
ISR regulations  for EPA approval  or plan  to submit
regulations soon.
                       References
1.  Preliminary Report on Bicycles as a Highway Safety Problem,
   National Highway  Safety Advisory  Committe's Research  and
   Program Development Subcommittee, June 1974.
2.  Denver  Bikeway Report,  submitted as part of the Colorado
   Transportation Control Plan, June 1974.
3.  Facilities and Services Needed to Support Bicycle Commuting
   into Center City Philadelphia,  prepared for the Environmental
   Protection Agency  by the Philadelphia Bicycle Coalition, June
   1973.
4.  Validation Study of an Approach for Evaluating the Impact of a
   Shopping Center on Ambient Carbon Monoxide Concentrations,
   prepared for the Environmental Protection Agency by the GCA
   Corporation, March 1974.
5.  Carbon  Monoxide  Measurements in  the Vicinity of Shopping
   Centers, prepared for the Environmental Protection Agency by
   the Research Triangle Institute, April 1973.
6.  W. D. Bach, D. W. Crissman, C. E. Decker, J. W. Minear, P. P.
   Raspberry, and  J. B.  Tommerdahl, Carbon Monoxide Measure-
   ments  in  the  Vicinity of Sports Stadiums, prepared for the
   Environmental  Protection Agency  by the Research  Triangle
   Institute, July 1973.
7.  Guidelines for the Review of the Impact of Indirect Sources on
   Ambient Air Quality, Environmental Protection Agency, Office
   of Air Quality Planning and Standards, July 1974.
                                                                                                                         33

-------
34
          chapter 5  -  economic and
          social effects of  reductions
           in  auto use
1.  Introduction
   The  implementation of measures  to  reduce auto-
mobile emissions by reducing automobile use will affect
many aspects of urban activity other than air quality.
Many of these non-air  quality effects; of transportation
controls are beneficial and would make the implement-
tion of the control measures desirable even if air quality
were  not  a problem. For example,  diversion  of auto
drivers  to transit and carpools is  likely  to  reduce
congestion,  energy  consumption,  and urban  traffic
safety  problems.  Indeed,  the  transportation measures
that have been proposed to improve air quality have also
been proposed to alleviate  non-air quality related urban
transportation problems. However,  some of the effects
of reduced auto use will not be beneficial. For example,
it  is unlikely that transit  or  carpool travel times can
equal auto travel times under uncongested conditions
and over widespread  areas. Thus, reductions in auto use
through diversions of auto  drivers to other modes can be
expected to increase  average travel times. Moreover, the
well-being of certain economic groups (e.g., parking  lot
operators) is dependent on high levels of auto use. These
groups are unlikely to  benefit from  reductions  in auto
travel.
   This  chapter describes the potential effects of reduc-
tions  in auto use on  the  following  aspects of urban
activity:
      Energy consumption
      Noise
      Traffic safety
      Traffic congestion and  the  need for additional
      highway construction
      Travel times
      The costs of transportation
In  addition, the  effects  of  parking  restrictions and
surcharges on individual mobility and business  activity
are discussed.
   The  estimates  of   economic  and  social  effects
presented in this chapter  are  tentative and should be
interpreted with  caution.  There has been  little direct
experience with many  transportation control measures
or with changes in transportation  system  attributes of
the magnitudes  contemplated in  some transportation
control plans. Thus, -the empirical basis for projecting
the economic  and social effects  of transportation con-
trols is weak. Certain  types of  effects are particularly
difficult to forecast. Changes  in urban land use are in
this category. These empirical  difficulties are not unique
to air-quality-related transportation controls. The same
problems  are present in attempts  to forecast the eco-
nomic and social effects of any substantial changes in
urban transportation systems. Moreover, these problems
will  persist until the implementation  of the proposed
changes,  at  least on  a trial  or demonstration  basis,
provides  opportunities for direct observation of  the
effects of the changes.
   Another source of difficulty in generalizing about  the
economic and social effects of transportation controls is
that these effects  are highly dependent on the  specific
control  measures implemented, the manner in  which
they are implemented, and the area in which they are
implemented.  In addition,  the effects of  any  single
transportation measure  depend on  the characteristics
and  timing  of  all  other measures  that  may be  im-
plemented.  For  example,  transit  fare  reductions
implemented by themselves are likely to  have  con-
siderably different effects than fare reductions combined
with substantial transit improvements.
   The material presented in this chapter is  derived from
data on the characteristics of  alternative  urban trans-
portation modes and  from empirically-based  studies of
the  observed  or projected  effects  of transportation
system changes that reduce (or  would reduce) auto  use
in   several  U.S. and European  cities. The  resulting
quantitative  estimates of the  potential economic and
social effects of auto  use reduction illustrate the likely
directions of  these  effects.  Of  course,  none of  (lie
estimates is quantitatively precise,  and none is fully
applicable to every transportation plan in every area. All
of the  estimates could be  improved  greatly through
direct observation of  the effects of implemented trans-
portation controls.

2.  Case Studies
   Much of the material  presented  in this  chapter is
based on five case studies of the effects of transportation
system  changes  in specific urban areas or portions of
urban areas. This chapter also includes a summary of the
results of a study of the effects of indirect source review.
The objectives of these six studies are summarized  in this
section. The results of the studies are presented  in  the
sections on specific economic and social effects.

   a.  I-66 Transportation Corridor  Alternatives  Study
      (Ref. 1)

   This  is the draft environmental impact statement for
a proposed  section  of interstate  highway 1-66  in  the
Washington, D.C. area. It describes the projected  en-
vironmental, social,  and economic effects of five trans-
portation  options  in  the 1-66  corridor. The  year  for
which projections are made is  1995.  In summary,  the
transportation options considered are:
   • Base Case — Includes the existing highway system,
     highway  improvements that  are  currently  pro-
     grammed, the 98-mile  rail transit system (Metro)
     now under construction, feeder bus routes for the
     rail transit  system, and certain express  bus routes.
   • Transit Option  —  Emphasizes mass  public trans-
     portation through the addition of line haul  transit
     and feeder bus service, improved or supplemental
     bus  routings,  and  other  transit  elements  which
      complement the Base Case.
   • Highway Option - Includes 1-66 and the elements
     contained in the Base Case.
   • Multi-Mode/New Facility Option — Combines  the
     elements of the Base Case, the Transit Option, and
     the Highway Option.
   • Multi-Mode/Improvements to  Existing Facilities
      Option -  Includes the components of the Base
     Case and  the Transit Option together with major
     improvements to certain existing streets and high-
     ways.  Two suboptions  were developed involving
     different approaches to improving existing high-
     ways.  A portion of the  proposed  1-66 section

-------
                                                  TABLE 15

                       VMT IN  I-66 CORRIDOR BY TRANSPORTATION OPTION (1995)a
  Option

  Base
  Transit
  Highway
  Multi-Mode/
   New Facilities

  Multi-Mode/
   Existing Facilities
     lc
      Peak Hour
  VMT       %Changeb
468,000
425,000
541,000

490,000
474,100
481,000
 0
 -9
+ 16

+ 5
+ 2
+ 3
                               Daily Average
                            VMT        %Changeb
4,675,460
4,250,981
5,405,279

4,900,032
4,744,391
4,810,792
 0
 -9
+ 16

+ 5
+ 2
+ 3
  a. Source: Ref. 1
  b. Relative to base case
  c. Suboption 1
  d. Suboption 2
      would be constructed under Suboption 2.
   Table 15 shows the effects of the various options on
AM  peak-hour  and  daily  average  VMT  in  the 1-66
corridor. The Transit Option reduces VMT by 9 percent
relative to the base case and by 22 percent relative to the
Highway Option.

   b. Evaluation of  a Bus Transit System in a Selected
      Urban Area (Ref. 2)

   The  objective of this study was the investigation and
evaluation  of  a bus  transit system as  a reasonably
acceptable  and economically competitive  alternative to
further highway construction in  a  metropolitan  area.
Using Baltimore, Maryland as an  example case, the study
designed a bus-transit  oriented  and  an  automobile-
oriented transportation  system  for the  purpose  of
alleviating  peak-hour overloads  on highways.  The two
systems were evaluated for  the  year 1980. Relative  to
the  automobile-oriented system,  the  transit  oriented
system  achieves a  6 percent reduction  in peak-hour
automobile person  trips and a  1  percent  reduction in
off-peak automobile person  trips.* Changes in VMT are
not reported.

   c. Shirley Highway Express-Bus-on-Freeway Demon-
      stration Project—First Year Results (Ref. 3)
   This study reports the results of the first 18 months
of the Shirley  Highway Project, which involves express
bus  service in  a corridor  connecting residential'com-
munities in Northern Virginia with employment  centers
in Washington,  D.C.  The bus service includes residential
collection routes, park-and-ride  facilities, and a busway
along the Shirley Highway.  The busway has resulted in
roughly a  10 percent reduction in  peak  period auto-
mobile vehicle trips in the Shirley Highway corridor.

   d.  Pittsburgh Parking Strike (Ref. 4)
   In August 1972 a three  day strike  by parking lot
attendants  closed  roughly  80 percent of the parking
*An automobile person trip is a person trip by automobile.
                   spaces in  downtown  Pittsburgh, Pa. A retrospective
                   study of the strike investigated, among other things, the
                   effects of the  strike on absentee rates, downtown sales,
                   general effects on business, and opinions of employees
                   and  businessmen.  The  strike  caused  a 25  percent
                   reduction of automobiles entering the central  business
                   district during the  morning peak period. Roughly  75
                   percent  of  peak-period   commuters to  the  central
                   business district switched to transit.

                      e,  San Diego Transportation Plan Analysis (Ref. 5)
                      This is a study of the effects of alternative transporta-
                   tion control plans to improve air quality in San Diego,
                   California.  The alternatives considered are:
                      •  Base  case — Currently programmed transportation
                         system including 350 vehicle bus transit system.
                      •  Alternative  1 - Currently programmed transporta-
                         tion  system but with 550 vehicle transit system
                         and parking surcharge of $0.25 per hour up to a
                         daily maximum of $2.50.
                      •  Alternative  2 - Same as Alternative 1 but without
                         the parking surcharge.
                      •  Alternative  3 — Currently programmed transporta-
                         tion system but with 875 vehicle transit system.
                      •  Alternative  4  -  Same as  Alternative 1  except
                         parking  surcharge  is  $1.00 per day and applies
                         only  to work trips.
                      •  Alternative  5 — Same as Alternative  3  but  with
                         $1.00 per day parking surcharge applied only to
                         work trips.
                      The projected effects of the various alternatives  on
                   daily  VMT in 1977 are  shown  in Table  16.  The
                   maximum  VMT  reduction relative  to  the Base  Case
                   achieved by any of the alternatives is 9 percent.

                      f.  Economic and Land  Use Effects of Indirect Source
                         Review (Ref. 16)

                      The purpose of this study was to  determine  the
                   potential  economic  and   land  use   effects of EPA's
                   indirect source review (ISR) regulations  applicable  to
                                                              35

-------
                                                                TABLE 16
                                            Effects of Transportation Alternatives on Daily VMT
                                                           in San Diego (1977)a
                                                                              Alternatives
               VMT (Thousands)

               Percent Reduction
                from Base Case
ase Case
18946
0
1
17249
9
2
18739
1
3
18526
2
4
18589
2
5
18318
3
               a. Source: Rcf. 5
           new or modified real estate developments (see Chapter
           4). The principal  methodological approach  used was
           simulation of the application of ISR to six developments
           selected as case studies. The case studies included two
           regional shopping  centers,  two office  parks, and two
           mixed use (commercial and residential) complexes. The
           case study analysis was supplemented by interviews with
           State and  local officials, developers, and representatives
           of financial institutions in  Oregon, Florida, and Phila-
           delphia. These  areas were selected because they have had
           experience with ISR regulations similar 1o EPA's.
             The  following three ISR-related costs were analyzed
           in the study:
             •  Costs of data acquisition and preparation of ISR
                applications
             •  Costs of  potential time delays associated with ISR
             •  Costs of design changes  (e.g., roadway modifica-
                tions or transit  improvements)  associated with
                ISR.
           In addition, the  study  assessed the  effects of ISR on
           facility location and size.

           3.  Effects of Reducing Auto Use

             a.  Energy Consumption —
             Table  17 shows the average energy consumption per
           passenger  mile travelled for alternative modes of urban
           transportation. As shown in the table, transit is con-
           siderably  more energy-efficient than  the  automobile.
           Thus, reductions in automobile use achieved by diverting
           automobile  travellers  to   transit  will  reduce   energy
           consumption. For  example, the diversion of 20  percent
                   TABLE 17
   Energy Consumption of Alternative Modes of
               Urban Transportation
             (BTU per Passenger Mile)3
Auto

5900b
8000C
 Bus

3600
Electric Transit

      4400
a.  Source: Ref. 6
b.  Daily average.  Assumes  1.9  persons per  automobile,
   passengers per bus, and 50-60 passengers per  rail car.
c.  Work trips. Assumes 1.4 persons per automobile.
                   TABLE 18
      Estimated Annual Energy Consumption by
                1-66 Transportation
                 Option (1995)a
 Option
 BTU's (106)
 Percent change
 from Base Case
Base
Transit
Highway
•Multi-Mode/
New Facilities
Multi-Mode/
Existing Facilities
Suboption 1
Suboption 2
212,889,180
200,592,464
213,426,888
201,295,707



201,006,140
201,295,707
0
-6
+0.3
-5



-6
-5
 a. Source: Ref. 1
                                                               TABLE 19

                                Total Resident Population and Employees Exposed to Various Noise Levels Due
                                               to Major Highways in the 1-66 Corridor (1995)a
Soundb
Level
60

70

80


Group
Population
Employees
Population
Employees
Population
Employees

Base Case
343,000
632,000
62,000
117,000
3,400
4,500
Transit
Option
306,000
526,000
56,000
99,000
2,800
3,000
Highway
Option
364,000
647,000
67,000
121,000
4,800
6,600
Multi-Mode/
New Facilities
326,000
620,000
59,000
115,000
4,000
4,900
Multi-Mode/Existing Facilities
Suboption 1
319,000
648,000
58,000
121,000
3,500
5,900
Suboption 2
336,000
607,000
61,000
112,000
4,400
5,700
           a. Source:  Ref. 1
36         b. Peak hour dBA(L10)

-------
of daily automobile travel to transit would reduce daily
energy consumption by passenger  vehicles by about 7
percent assuming transit  load  factors  and  auto  oc-
cupancies  do not change significantly. If the 20 percent
reduction  in  automobile usage were achieved by divert-
ing commuters,  the energy  savings  would be  about 10
percent.
   The 1-66  study (Ref.  1) estimated the energy  con-
sumption associated with the transportation options that
were examined.  The results  are shown in Table 18. The
Transit Option requires about 6 percent less energy than
the Base Case or Highway Option.
   Reductions in automobile use achieved through car-
pooling will  achieve   energy   savings  approximately
proportional  to  VMT reductions assuming that carpool-
ing causes no significant change in the average  weight of
the vehicles driven. Thus,  a  5 to 10 percent reduction in
automobile VMT achieved through carpooling is likely
to reduce  automobile energy consumption by roughly 5
to 10 percent.

   b. Transportation Noise
   The Federal  Highway Administration  has established
design criteria for transportation noise in terms of L10,
the noise  level exceeded 10 percent of the time. Among
the case studies cited here, only the 1-66 study evaluated
the noise effects of the transportation options examined.
The 1-66  results  indicate  that the diversion  of auto-
mobile  travellers to  transit   is  capable  of  reducing
exposure  to  highway  generated noise. Table  19 shows
the 1-66 estimates of population and employees exposed
to elevated levels of highway noise. Relative to the Base
Case  the Transit Option decreases  exposure to elevated
noise levels by  10 to 20 percent, depending on the noise
level, whereas the Highway Option increases exposure to
noise by as much as 47 percent.

   c. Traffic Safety
   Transit buses have roughly  1  fatality per 100 million
passenger  miles  (Ref. 7) compared to about 1.6 fatalities
per  100 million passenger miles for cars in urban areas
(Ref. 8, 9). Table 20 shows  the approximate  costs of bus
and car  accidents in  urban areas, including  property
damage,  injuries,  and  fatalities. Bus accident  costs per
passenger  mile are roughly two thirds those of cars.
                                             TABLE 20

                               Accident Costs in Cents Per Passenger Mile

                          Roadway                Bus3               Car*5
                          Freeway
                          Surface Street
                                     .2
                                     .4
                                        .3
                                        .7
                          a. Source: Ref. 10
                          h. Sources: Ref. 11  for acc'-'^nt rates and Ref. 12 for accider"
                             costs. Auto occupancy ol  i .•) passci _-er miles per vehu i" :-;i'
                             assumed.
                            Buses have significantly lower fatalities and accident
                         costs  per  passenger mile  than  cars. Therefore,  the
                         diversion  of travellers from cars  to  buses will reduce
                         fatalities and accident costs. Moreover, the diversion of
                         auto  trips  to transit will tend to reduce congestion for
                         the remaining auto trips (Subsection >'\  resulting in a
                         lower accident rate for auto travellers.
                            The accident, injury, and death rates  projected for
                         the transportation options considered in the 1-66  study
                         are displayed in Table  21.  The Transit Option has  10
                         percent fewer  accidents, injuries  and deaths than  the
                         Base Case and  10 to 12 percent fewer than the Highway
                         Option.
                            Carpooling  will reduce  the average  frequency  of
                         automobile accidents due to  the reduction  in daily VMT
                         caused by  carpooling. However, the severity of individ-
                         ual  accidents  may  increase  owing  to the  increased
                         number  of persons per  car.  Thus,  the  reductions in
                         injuries,  deaths,  and accident costs  associated with
                         carpooling are likely to be less than proportional to the
                         VMT reductions achieved.

                            d. Traffic Congestion and  Highway Construction
                            Buses require the roadway space of less  than two cars
                         but carry up to 50 times as many passengers per vehicle
                         as cars. Thus, the diversion of auto drivers to transit as
                         well  as  to carpools  will  reduce   traffic  volumes and
                         congestion. Reduced congestion will  result in reduced
                         need for further highway construction.
                            The 1-66 study  found  that  the  Highway Option
                         produced  the  most extensive amount  of  congested

                        TABLE 21
                                    Comparison of 1995 Traffic Accidents, Injuries, and
                               Deaths in the I-66 Corridor by Transportation Option (1995)a
      Option

      Base Case
      Transit
      Highway
      Multi-Mode/
       New Facilities
      Multi-Mode/
       Existing Fac.
       Suboption 1
       Suhoption 2
     Accidents
No.        %Changeb

6475           0
5835         -10
6510          +1
5900           -9
5960
5910
               No.

               2625
               2370
               2685
               2430
     Injuries
        %Changeb

             0
            -10
            +2
             -7
-9
2445
2430
-7
-7
                       Deaths
                 No.     %Changeb
                 93
                 84
                 95
                 87
87
86
             0
            -10
            +2
            -6
                                                                          -6
      a.  Source Ref. 1
      b.  Relative to base case
                                                                                        37

-------
           roadway  of any of the  options  investigated except the
           Base Case. The Transit  Option was  found to have the
           most extensive  amount  of uncongested roadway. More-
           over, with the  Transit Option, 68 percent of morning
           peak  VMT in  the  1-66  corridor  take place  under
           uncongested conditions compared to 61 percent for the
           Base Case and 60 percent for the Highway Option. The
           Highway  Option  produces  greater congestion than the
           Transit Option  despite the substantially increased high-
           way construction associated with the  former option.
                               TABLE 22

               Average Travel Times Associated With Various
                    Transportation Options (in Minutes)

            Study     Base Case   Transit Option  Highway Option

                         27             27             27
 I-66a
 Baltimore'-'
   Peak       NAd
   Off-peak   NAd
 San Diego c    15
                                        20
                                        16
                                        17
19
15
NAd
38
           a. Source: Ref. 1 - Work trips only
           b. Source: Ref. 2
           c. Source: Ref. 5 - Transit Option is Alternative 1.
           d. Not applicable
   The Baltimore study (Ref.  2), which was directed at
determining whether bus transit can alleviate peak hour
overloads on urban highways concluded:

   Based on the  findings of  this study,  bus  transit
   systems  may be seriously considered as an alterna-
   tive to the construction of  additional highways in
   large urban  areas .... Bus  transit is  capable  of
   alleviating peak hour overloads on urban freeways.
   Radial freeways in the densest part of the city can
   be relieved of peak hour  demand to  the  degree
   where, in the near future, no additional resources
   would be required to provide  additional capacity.

   The Shirley  Highway study (Ref. 3)  found that the
express bus service  caused a  reduction  in automobile
volume of  roughly 3000 vehicles in the Shirley corridor
during the monring peak. The study concluded that:

   Had the  large  numbers of  express bus riders not
   been diverted  fronr  auto  travel, the  highway
   system would have been severely overtaxed and all
   auto users would have been  subject to considerable
   additional delay.

Three  additional lanes  of roadway in  each direction
would be  needed to carry present bus riders in auto-
mobiles at  the existing automobile service level.


e. Travel Time

   Transit  requires more  time  than the automobile for
access,  collection,  and distribution.  Transit  also loses
time relative to the automobile if transit vehicles make
stops during the linehaul portions of their routes. These
transit time disadvantages can be offset in  congested
corridors and  for long trips by the use  of express bus
routes and priority treatment for transit  vehicles. None-
theless,  it  is likely that substantial diversions of auto
drivers to transit on a regional scale will increase average
travel times.
   Carpools also have a time disadvantage relative to the
single-occupant  automobile.   This   disadvantage   is
incurred during collection and distribution and, as in the
case  of transit,  can  be offset  to some  extent by the
provision of priority treatment. However, the principal
disadvantages of carpools are likely to be  associated with
the schedule inflexibility imposed by carpooling and the
difficulties  associated  with  finding suitable partners,
rather than with travel time.
   Table 22 shows the average travel times associated
with some  of the transportation options examined in the
1-66, Baltimore, and San Diego studies. The  average
travel times are  equal  in  the case of 1-66,  because the
transportation  options  affect  only trips in the 1-66
corridor whereas the average travel  time  is evaluated for
the entire Washington area. In Baltimore and San Diego,
the transit options increase average travel times by one
to two minutes. Larger increases in  travel time would be
likely to result from transportation options that achieve
greater VMT reductions.

   f. Direct Monetary Costs of  Transportation
   Among  the transportation studies cited here, only the
Baltimore  study reports the total direct  monetary costs
of the transportation options examined.* The Baltimore
costs are displayed in Table 23. The Transit Option costs
about 3 percent less than the highway option. This cost
difference  is within the limits  of error of the estimation
technique used, so the two options should be considered
to have  approximately equal total costs.
   The  1-66 study does not report the total costs of the
alternatives it examined. Therefore, the  information
provided in the 1-66 study has been used to derive rough
estimates  of  the  costs  of  the various options.  The
estimates were derived as follows:
   (1)  Capital costs reported  in the 1-66 study were
annualized  using a 25-year service life  and 10 percent
annual interest.
   (2)  Operating and maintenance costs  for the highway
and  transit facilities in the 1-66  corridor were  obtained
from the 1-66 report.
   (3)  Auto  operating   costs  in   the   corridor  were
estimated by multiplying the reported corridor VMT by
the average operating cost of an automobile exclusive of
taxes (Ref. 13).
   (4)  Items  1-3  were  summed to  obtain  estimated
annualized costs.
   The  1-66 cost estimates are  displayed in Table  24.
These  rough estimates suggest that the Base Case and
Transit Options have roughly the same costs and that the
Highway Option costs  approximately 23 percent more
than either of the former options.
   The  Baltimore and 1-66 results indicate that the total
costs of transit approaches to travel can be less than the
costs of automobile approaches.  However, the  means of
financing transportation improvements do not  normally
require all transportation system users to pay their exact
             Total direct monetary costs include the costs of construction,
             purchase, operation, and maintenance of transportation facilities
             and  vehicles.  Other  types  of  costs,  such  as the  costs  of
             environmental damage and travel time, are not included.

-------
                    TABLE 23
 Annualized Costs of Baltimore Transportation Options
                 (MiIIions of Dollars)3

Annual Interest Rate  Transit Option Highway Option
         6%
  599.7
  594.5
         617.3
         612.5
 a. Source: Ref. 2
shares of system costs. Therefore, even  though transit-
oriented  systems  may  have  lower total  costs  than
automobile  oriented  systems,  it  does not necessarily
follow  that  the  costs  of transit-oriented systems  are
lower for all affected  financial units. For example,  the
Baltimore study  found that the  Transit Option would
reduce  transportation  system user  costs by about  $8
million  annually relative to the Highway Option. How-
ever,  the  transit system requires  a larger subsidy under
the Transit Option than under the Highway Option. The
situation  is reversed  in the case of 1-66.  Net transit
revenues after deducting debt service  and operating costs
are about $4  million  per  year  greater with the Transit
Option  than  with the Highway Option. However, trans-
portation system user costs  for home-to-work travel  are
about  $7  million  per year  higher with the  Transit
Option.
   The  diversion of auto drivers to carpools will reduce
transportation  costs   by  an  amount  approximately
proportional  to the resulting VMT reduction. Thus,  a 5
to  10 percent VMT   reduction achieved through car-
pooling is likely  to   reduce transportation  costs  by
roughly 5 to 10 percent.

                     TABLE 24
Estimated Annualized Costs of Transportation Options
                 in the 1-66 Corridor
 Option

 Base Case
 Transit
 Highway
 Multi-Mode/
   New Facilities
 Multi-Mode/
   Existing Facilities
   Sub option 1
   Suboption 2
Cost3

 198
 200
 244
 244
 232
 234
%Change Relative to
    Base Case

         0
         1
       23
       23
        17
        18
 a. Millions of dollars per year
4. Effects of Parking Restrictions

   a.  Supply Reductions
   Apart from the effects of reduced auto use described
in the foregoing sections, parking supply reductions to
discourage auto use may restrict accessibility to places of
employment and business. Thus, it is necessary to insure
that  transit and carpools can  substitute for the  auto-
mobile  to  the  extent  required  by  parking  supply
reductions.
   There is now considerable  evidence  that transit and
carpools can replace the private automobile for travel to
work  when  parking is restricted  at  the  work location.
For example:
   •  The Pittsburgh parking strike caused the  closing of
      80 percent of the  parking spaces in downtown
      Pittsburgh. During the strike a number of improve-
      ments and additions to transit service  were made.
      Most commuters switched to transit. Absenteeism
      among employees remained normal. Moreover, the
      parking spaces that were available during the strike
      were not fully utilized (Ref. 4).
   •  The Pentagon in  Washington, D.C., has achieved a
      ratio of 0.4  parking spaces per employee. About
      50 percent of Pentagon employees  commute to
      work in carpools. Another  35 percent use transit
      buses or buspools.
   •  At the  National  Aeronautics and Space Adminis-
      tration, where parking space is limited,  a carpool
      program has  achieved an auto occupany rate of
      3.85  persons per car. This is equivalent to 0.26
      parking spaces per employee.
   These examples illustrate the  ability of transit and
carpools to  substitute for  the  single-occupant  auto-
mobile  for travel  to work when  parking availability is
restricted.
   There has  been  considerably less experience with the
use of parking restrictions in connection with non-work
travel. Accordingly, the ability of transit and carpools to
substitute for the low-occupancy automobile is less clear
in the case of non-work  trips than in the case of work
trips.
   During the Pittsburgh parking strike, total retail sales
declined by 6 to 8 percent. Some retail establishments
reported sales  reductions as  large  as 15 percent, but
others reported sales increases. Theaters reported a 60 to
70 percent decline in patronage. Other entertaining and
dining establishments reported reductions in  patronage
from  10 to 70 percent. However, there were indications
that businessmen might accept restricted auto access to
the central business district if peripheral parking with
downtown shuttle  bus   service  were  provided.  This
suggests that the decline  in downtown business during
the parking strike  may have been caused by  a lack of
adequate transit service for non-work trips rather than
the inability of transit to serve these trips.
   The  experience  with auto-free zones in Europe and
the United States  suggests  that  traffic reductions  can
actually  enhance   the  attractiveness  of  commercial
districts when  adequate  alternative  access is  provided.
(In the  case of auto-free zones access is usually on foot).
Indeed, this has been  the stated reason for establishing
auto  free  zones   in  many  cities.   A  study by  the
Organization  for Economic Cooperation and Develop-
ment  of the effects of traffic bans reported the following
(Ref.  14):
      Available evidence indicates that traffic bans
      do indeed have  a  positive  effect  on retail
      sales. In Vienna  shopowners reported a 25
      percent to 50 percent increase in business in
      the first week after the traffic ban went into
      effect.  In  Norwich  [England]  all but  two
      shops   in  the  exclusion   area  did  more
      business,  some experiencing an increase in
      sales of 10  percent or  more.  In Essen  the
      increase in trade  has  been reported to be
                                                                                               39

-------
40
    between 15 percent and 35 percent depend-
    ing on the type of shop; in Rouen, between
    10 percent and 15 percent. In Tokyo, of 574
    shops  surveyed,  21 percent showed  an in-
    crease in sales, 60 percent no change, and 19
    percent  a  decrease;   74   percent of  the
    merchants  interviewed  pronounced  them-
    selves in favor of the scheme.
The OECD study  also  reported that in Florence some
merchants  went  on  strike to  protest  their  street's
exclusion from a traffic ban zone.
   In   Atlanta,  40 percent  of  the  people  attending
football games at Atlanta Stadium travel to the stadium
by bus.
   The  foregoing  examples indicate  that commercial
areas do not necessarily require  automobile access to be
successful and that transit  may  be capable of providing
suitable access  to  non-work  destinations  when  auto-
mobile access  is restricted. However, considerably more
experience with transit use and parking restrictions for
non-work travel is needed  before  1hese  tentative  con-
clusions can be made firm. Initial emphasis should be
given  to encouraging  transit usage for non-work travel in
place  of expanding  existing parking  facilities, and  to
restricting parking in  areas where transit service is good
and traffic  volumes  are already excessive  or  roadway
capacity is limited.

   b.  Parking Surcharges
   A  parking  surcharge at a  given  location prohibits
automobile  access to  that location by persons unable or
unwilling  to pay  the surcharge. In  addition, the sur-
charge causes a  transfer of income to  the collection
authority  from  persons willing  to  pay the surcharge.
Parking surcharges therefore present two issues  that are
distinct from the issues associated with other approaches
to reducing automobile use. These are:
   •  Whether   transit  and   carpools   can   provide
      satisfactory access to surcharged locations at a cost
      that  is comparable with  the  pre-surcharge auto-
      mobile  cost, thus  enabling current automobile
      users  to  avoid  the  personal  financial effects  of
      charging the automobile an increased proportion
      of the true costs of its use.
   •  What  should be done with the revenue raised by
      parking  surcharges.  The  ability  of transit and
      carpools  to  provide  access  to  locations where
      automobile  use  is  restricted  was  discussed  in
      Subsection 4a.  The  cost  and revenue effects  of
      surcharges are considered in this subsection.
   Parking surcharges, because they encourage the use of
transit and carpools  in place  of more costly single-
occupant automobiles, are  likely to leduce the total cost
of urban transportation (see Subsection 3f). The effect
of surcharges on the out-of-pocket cost of transportation
to an individual traveller depends on the structure of the
surcharge, the kinds of trips to which it applies, the type
of  transportation  used by the  traveller  prior  to the
establishment  of  the  surcharge,  and the  traveller's
response to the surcharge. Table 25 shows some of the
possibilities for the case of an individual who, before the
establishment  of a parking surcharge,  drives 5  miles to
work in a  standard size car with no passengers and free
parking.  Depending  on the structure  of  the surcharge
and the response of the individual, his out-of-pocket cost
                                                                                         TABLE 25
                                                                      Effect of Parking Surcharge On Out-of-Pocket Cost
                                                                                       of Work Trip3
                                                                    Surcharge

                                                                    SI.00
                Mode after
                Surcharge
Daily Increase (+) or
Decrease (-) in Out-of-
Pocket Cost Per Person
                                                                    $2.00
                                                                    $2.00 on
                Single occupant car
                2-person carpool
                3-person carpool
                Transit with $0.50
                   one-way fare

                Single-occupant car
                2-person carpool
                3-person carpool
                Transit with $0.50
                   one-way fare
                Single-occupant car
                                                                    Single-occupant  2-person carpool
                                                                    cars only
                3-person carpool
                Transit with $0.50
                   one-way fare
      +$1.00
         0
       -0.33
         0


      +$2.00
      +0.50
         0
         0

      +$2.00
       -0.50
       -0.67
         0
                                                                   a.  Based on commuter who drives 5 miles to work in a standard-
                                                                   size car with no passengers and free parking.
of travel to work would  decrease by as much as $0.67
per day or increase by as much as $2.00 per day.
   The revenue-raising potential of parking surcharges is
substantial.  For  example,  there  are  approximately
600,000 home-to-work auto  driver  trips daily in  the
Washington, D.C. area. If a $2.00 surcharge assessed only
on  single-occupant automobile trips to work caused all
but  10 percent  of auto  drivers to form  carpools or
switch to transit, $30  million  per  year  still would be
collected in surcharges. This  is  nearly double the  FY
1974 operating deficit of  the Washington transit system.
   There has been virtually no  experience with parking
surcharges  in the United States. The 25 percent  San
Francisco parking tax  described in Chapter  3, which
affected both work and non-work travel, reduced park-
ing  lot  revenues  by  about  one  third  but  had  no
measurable  effect  on  business  activity  and  an  insig-
nificant  effect on  traffic (Ref.  15). Many  automobile
travellers apparently either shortened the durations of
their trips or iound parking spaces that were not taxed.
The parking tax generated about $5.5 million per year
for the city of San Francisco, thus fulfilling the purpose
for which it was enacted. No information is available on
the  effects  of the tax  on out-of-pocket transportation
costs.
   The San Diego  study estimated  that  the parking
surcharge considered under Alternative 1 would generate
revenues of nearly $200 million per year. The surcharges
associated  with  Alternatives  2  and 3 would produce
about $60  million  per year. These revenues are con-
siderably  larger than the  costs to local government of
implementing the alternatives.
   The San  Diego  study did not  consider  how local
government might use  the revenues generated by  the
various surcharges. This question is  of particular impor-
tance in the case of the San Diego study, because all of

-------
 the  surcharge  approaches evaluated in the  study were
 found to be  regressive. In other words,  the surcharge
 payments  would  be a  greater  percentage  of the dis-
 posable  income  of low-income households than  of
 high-income  households. This  regressive  characteristic
 could  be compensated  if the surcharge payments were
 returned to citizens in the form of services or reductions
 in non-transportation-related taxes. The San Diego study
 did  not examine  the  effects on business  activity of
 parking surcharges.
   The San Diego example shows that it is necessary to
 investigate the possible  regressive  effects  of parking
 surcharge  programs  when  these programs  are  being
 designed. It is also  necessary to develop approaches to
 compensating  for regressive effects if they are found.
 However, it  cannot be concluded from the San  Diego
 study  that all parking  surcharge  approaches are  neces-
 sarily regressive. For example, the San Diego surcharges
 were assessed throughout the San Diego area regardless
 of transit service  quality. It may be that  the regressive
 effects of surcharges can be  reduced or eliminated  by
 establishing the surcharges only in places well served by
 transit (as EPA had proposed for the Washington, D.C.
 area).  Moreover, the transit service  quality  assumed in
 the  San Diego study was relatively poor  compared to
 service quality in many other cities. Transit attracted less
 than 12 percent of work trips in the San Diego analysis,
 even with a $2.50 per day parking surcharge, whereas 20
 percent of work trips use transit under existing condi-
 tions in cities such as  San Francisco and Washington.
 With no surcharge only  5 to 8 percent of work trips used
 transit  in  the  San Diego study. This is approximately
 equal  to current  transit usage  for work trips in  Los
 Angeles. It may be that the provision  of high quality
 transit service in connection with parking surcharges will
 eliminate the regressive effects of surcharges.
   More  research  is needed to  fully  understand the
 effects of parking surcharges.  This research will be most
 effective if it includes actual experience with surcharges.
 Initial experience  might be  achieved in connection with
 work trips to  congested locations that are well served by
 transit and that suffer from a shortage of parking space
 or have underpriced parking.

 4. Effects of Indirect Source Review (ISR)

   ISR consists of an air quality review  prior  to the
 construction  of a large  scale  development that attracts
 automobile traffic.  The  purpose of  this review is to
 determine  whether  the  facility and  surrounding road
 network can i   age the attracted  traffic in a manner
 that does not k^c to violation of the ambient air quality
 standard  for   a.rhon  monoxide. In  this  review,  the
 number of parking spaces at a facility is used  as an  initial
indicator of the quantity of traffic that the facility may
 attract  and, thereby, of the potential for the develop-
ment  or  aggravation of  an  air quality problem. The
principal focus of ISR  is on facility design,  the charac-
 teristics of the  transportation system serving the facility,
and, to a lesser extent, facility location. Measures  that a
 developer  can  adopt,  if  necessary,  to  prevent  the
 accumulation  of excessive  carbon monoxide concentra-
tions include  facility design changes, improvements in
the capacity  of the road network  serving the  facility,
transit improvements, carpooling incentives, and reduc-
tions in parking supply.
   The  ISR-related  costs  estimated for the  six  cases
analyzed in the  ISR study  (Ref.  16) are  displayed in
Table 26. The costs are 1 to 2 percent of  total project
cost in four cases, 7 percent of project cost in one case,
and  23 percent  of project cost in one case.  In  com-
parison, the costs of air pollution control equipment for
new industrial facilities can increase the costs  of  these
facilities by as much as 35 percent. ISR costs are greatest
relative to total project cost for shopping centers.
   The cost elements associated with  ISR are displayed
in Table 27. The costs of data acquisition  and prepara-
tion of an ISR application were found to be  $5,000 to
$45,000, depending on the methodology used project air
quality. These costs are less  than  0.1 percent of total
project costs.  Further, they  represent only  10 to 15
percent of the  developer's  front-end money  used to
initiate the project.
   There are  two types of  costs associated  with  con-
struction delays that could be caused by ISR. The first is
the  cost  of  inflation  during the  period  a  project  is
delayed. The  second is  the  opportunity cost  incurred
when a developer's money  is  tied to a project longer
than  anticipated, thus causing this money to be un-
available for use  in a new investment.  In three of the six
projects analyzed in the ISR  study, a 90-day delay due
to ISR would reduce developer's  return-on-investment
by  roughly 0.2  percent.  In  the other  three projects,
90-day delays would cause a 1 percent drop in return on
investment. The 90 day delay costs represent 3.5 to 7.5
percent of the developer's front-end money. Delay costs
are not likely  to occur in the  future  when experience
with ISR is acquired and developers begin to anticipate
ISR needs in  the initial stages of project design.*  In all
of the projects examined, delay costs could  be  elimi-
nated entirely  through proper planning and administra-
tion of the ISR process  by both  developers  and the
review agency.
   Design changes,  when  they are  necessary to prevent
violation of the  carbon monoxide  air  quality  standard,
are the principal source  of ISR-related costs. However,
the effects of these costs vary depending on the nature
of  the development involved.  Mixed  use  and  office
developments  seem not to be greatly  affected by ISR.
Only two of the four office and mixed-use developments
examined  in   the  ISR  study  would  require design
changes. The costs of these changes would be 0.3 to 1.6
percent of total project  costs.  This  constitutes  a 0.5
percent reduction of return-on-investment. The effects
of  design-change costs on these  developers  could be
reduced significantly through public assumption of all or
part of these costs. However, even if the developers bore
all  of the  costs, no rental  increases  or changes in
investment decisions would be needed in the mixed use
and office projects studied.
   Transit  approaches  to  design   changes would  be
feasible for both of the mixed-use  and office  develop-
ments that require design changes. In Project E, a savings
of  $192  per  parking space  could   be  achieved by
replacing on-site  parking with park-and-ride. In Project
D, transit has a lower initial  cost than highway related
design changes.  If  the  developer  had  to absorb all
operating and  maintenance costs of the proposed transit
 *Many of the design features expected  to  result from ISR
 frequently are incorporated into project design even without
 ISR.
41

-------
                                TABLE 26 - Effect of ISR On Total Project Costs For Six Case Studies3
           Total Project Cost
              a.  Without ISR
              b.  With ISR and No
                 Delay
              c.  With ISR and 90-
                 day Delay

           Percent Increase
                 in Project Cost
              a.  With ISR and No
                 Delay
              b.  With ISR and 90-
                 day Delay

           Return on Investment
              a.  Without ISR
              b.  With ISR and No
                 Delay
              c.  With ISR and 90-
                 day Delay
                                           Office Space
                                       Project A     Project E
                                                           Shopping Center
                                                        Project B      Project F
                                Mixed Use
                            Project C      Project I)
31.4
31.4
31.7
24.8
25.0
25.1
37.2
38.9
39.8
13.7
16.6
16.8
27.8
27.8
28.2
114
116d
116d
0.7
1
19.1
19
0.7
1
21
20.2
5
7
14
12
21
23
30
24.7C
0.02
1
12.8
12.8
                                            20.1
  11
23.5C
12.1
                                                                                                     -3.9b
-4.4b
           a.  Source: Ref.  16. Assumes developer pays all rests,  12 percent annual inflation, 1975 automobile population. Costs in millions
              of dollars.
           b.  Project D is financed as tax shelter.
           c.  With 8 percent increase in rents.
           d.  The lack of a difference between rows b and c is due to round-off.
            Cost Element
                                              TABLE 27 - Cost Elements Associated With ISR3
                                 Office Park
                            Project 4     Project E
    Shopping Center
Project B      Project F
                 Mixed Use
            Project C     Project D
            Data and Application
            Review Process with
              No Delay
            Review Process with
              90-day Delay
            Design Changes with
              Interim Financing
45
0
278
0
5
0
48
174
35
0
917
1650
10
0
291
2890
5
0
466
0
40
0
851
1590
            a. Source: Ref. 16. Assumes 12 percent annual inflation and 1975 automobile population. Costs in thousands of dollars.
                                         TABLE 28 — Effect of Automobile Emissions Controls
                                                    On Future Design Change Costs3

                                                Highway-Related                        Transit-Related''
                                        1980         1985          1990
                                                                                                 1990
Case B
Percent of base
year cost
Case D
Percent of base
year cost
Case E
Percent of base
year cost
Case F
Percent of base
year cost
$1,250,000
92%
$539,000
37%
$354,000
40%
5300,000
32%

$1,250,000
92%
$132,000
9%
$40,000
11%
$200,000
21%

$1,167,000
86%
$000
0%
$40,000
11%
$000
0%

Not applicable
$90,000
82%
$155,250
40%


$20,000
18%
$40,000
26%
Not applicable

$000
0%
$40,000
26%


42
a. Source: Ref. 16. Costs in constant dollars based on original project completion date (base year).
b. Costs exclude annual operating costs.

-------
service, this approach to design-changes would be  less
attractive economically than highway modifications. The
transit option would be attractive to the developer if the
community absorbed operation and  maintenance  costs.
   The six cases examined in the ISR study suggest that
the effects  of design-change costs are likely to be most
significant for large shopping centers. This is due both to
the nature of the  traffic generated by these facilities and
their difficulties in adopting certain low-cost transporta-
tion options  (e.g., carpooling). In  the two shopping
center  developments  studied,  design  changes  would
increase project costs by 4 and  21  percent. In the latter
case, which consists of an expansion of existing facilities,
an 8 percent increase in rents or some public funding of
design  changes  would   enable the  development   to
proceed  as planned  with  anticipated  profits. In  the
former case, the shopping center is located in a heavily
congested area. Although  the immediate area around the
project  is  well-served by transit, 60  percent of  the
shopping  center's trade  depends  on  commuter  auto-
mobile  trips by persons living  outside  of  the  project's
vicinity.  Unless  the public  assumed responsibility  for
major  roadway modifications,  ISR would be likely to
prevent the development from being built as  planned.
However, the  development  could be  built  if it were
reoriented to serve the local  population which has good
transit service.
   Design changes to prevent excessive carbon monoxide
accumulations  indicate the need for ISR. The ISR study
found that the air quality problems necessitating design
changes  will   persist  over   time   despite  the  gradual
replacement of old,  high-emitting  cars with newer and
cleaner  ones.  However, the costs of design changes will
decrease as the car population  becomes cleaner (Table
28).
   The ISR study found that ISR and its attendant costs
might  provide  shopping  center developers a  marginal
incentive to locate in suburban areas  where air quality is
relatively   good   and  ISR-related  costs  would   be
minimized.  The effect of ISR on suburbanization  of
office buildings was found to be small  compared to  the
effects of the  state of the economy, the availability of
Federal funding,  and the  availability of labor.  Short of
denial of a permit for construction, ISR was found to
have no effect on  the location of mixed-use  develop-
ments.
   In  the  case  of shopping centers, ISR was found likely
to have a much greater effect on  facility  size  than  on
facility location. "The economics of [shopping center]
developments above  and  below the triggering point for
review are not  sufficiently different  for a developer to
feel a large degree of hesitancy about reducing the size
of a facility to avoid  the potential costs and uncertainty
of applying for an ISR permit" (Ref.  16). The sizes of
office buildings and parks probably will not change as a
result  of ISR.  Rather, office  building developers will
reduce the  sizes of their  parking  facilities and  rely  on
transit,  carpooling, staggered  work  hours, or  off-site
parking instead. There  was insufficient information  to
evaluate  the effects  of ISR on the  sizes of mixed-use
developments.
                        References
 1.1-66 Corridor Transportation Alternatives Study -  Draft En-
   vironmental/Section 4(f) Statement, prepared for the Virginia
   Department of Highways  by Howard, Needles, Tammen  and
   Bergendorff, November 1973.
 2. Evaluation of a Bus Transit  System in a Selected Urban Area,
   prepared  for  the  Federal Highway Administration by Peat,
   Marwick, Livingston and Co., June 1969.
 3. Gerald K. Miller and Keith M. Goodman, The Shirley Highway
   Express-Bus-on-Freeway Demonstration Project -  First  Year
   Results, Interim Report No. 2, prepared for the Urban  Mass
   Transportation Administration, November 1972.
 4. Lester A. Hoel  and Ervin S. Roszner, The Pittsburgh Parking
   Strike, Report No. UMTA-PA-11-0011-72-2, prepared  for the
   Department of Transportation, December 1972.
 5. Socioeconomic Impacts of Alternative Transportation Control
   Pans for the San Diego Air Quality Control Region, prepared for
   the  Environmental  Protection Agency by  Peat,  Marwick,
   Mitchell and Co., July  1974.
 6. Eric Hirst, Federal Energy Administration, private communica-
   tion.
 7. John D. Wells, Norman J. Asher, Marilyn R. Flowers, Murry E.
   Kamrass,  Gary R. Nelson, F. Fred Selover, Sharron A. Thomas,
   Economic Characteristics of the Urban Public Transportation
   Industry, prepared for the Department of Transportation by the
   Institute for Defense Analysis, February 1972.
 8. 1973/74  Automobile  Facts and Figures, Motor Vehicle Manu-
   facturers  Association, Detroit, Michigan.
 9. Harry E. Strate, "Automobile Occupancy," Nationwide Persona]
   Transportation Survey,  Report  No. 1,  Department  of Trans-
   portation, April 1972.
10. Frederick F. Frye, Alternative Multimodal Passenger Transporta-
   tion  Systems  — Comparative  Economic Analysis, National
   Cooperative  Highway Research  Program  Report   No.  146,
   Highway  Research Board, 1973.
11. Characteristics of Urban Transportation Systems, prepared for
   the Department of Transportation  by DeLeuw, Gather  and
   Company, May 1974.
12. David  A. Curry and Dudley G.  Anderson,  Procedures for
   Estimating  Highway  User Costs,  Air  Pollution,  and Noise
   Effects,  National   Cooperative  Highway Research Program
   Report No. 133, Highway Research Board, 1972.
13. L.  L. Liston and R. W.  Sherrer,  Cost  of Operating an
   Automobile, Department of Transportation, April 1974.
14. Kenneth Orski, "Car Free Zones and Traffic Restraints. Tools of
   Environmental Management," Highway  Research Record, No.
   406, 1972.
15. Damian Kulash, "Parking Taxes as Roadway Prices:  A  Case
   Study  of the San Francisco Experience," Transportation Re-
   search Record, No. 494, pp. 25-34,  1974.
16. Report on the Economic and Land Use Impact of Regulations
   to Review New Indirect  Sources of Air Pollution Prior to
   Construction,  prepared  for  the   Environmental  Protection
   Agency by Harbridge House, Inc., October 1974 (Draft).
                                                                                                                            43

-------
44
chapter  6 -  the relationship

of  transportation  controls

to other   aspects  of

transportation  planning

and  decision-making


1.  Problems  of  Present Urban Transportation Systems
   The  principal  orientation  of urban transportation
planning in  the  United  States is  toward long-range,
capital intensive  programs to expand highway capacity.
In the period  1957-1970, Federal expenditures for urban
highway construction exceeded $21 billion, whereas less
than $2 billion was spent to purchase buses or improve
the efficiency with which existing urban roads are used.
Between  1960   and  1970  total street  and  highway
mileage in  cities increased by 30 percent, whereas bus
route-miles increased only 4 percent  (Ref.  1).
   The predominance of the automobile as the means of
urban  transportation  has  created  a  wide  variety of
transportation problems in addition to deteriorated air
quality. These problems include:
   • Traffic congestion
   • The decline of public transit
   • Excessive noise
   • Excessive  energy  consumption for transportation
     purposes
   • Excessive property losses, injuries, and  deaths due
     to traffic accidents
   • Disruption and deterioration  of residential areas
     and  business  districts  as a  result  of  roadway
     construction
   • Lack of mobility for non-drivers.
   These urban  transportation problems  are  complex
and  will not be solved easily  or quickly. However, they
can  be  mitigated  through  the   implementation  of
measures to discourage the use of low-occupancy auto-
mobiles and encourage the use of  transit and carpools
(see  Chapter  5). Moreover, there is growing agreement
that the historical orientation of urban transportation
planners and  managers  toward long-term, capital inten-
sive  programs must be  modified to provide increased
emphasis on  the development and implementation of
shorter range, lower cost options  that offer the  pos-
sibility of alleviating current problems.
   A variety  of  low cost, short-range improvements in
urban  transportation systems  have been proposed in
response to the need to alleviate  current urban trans-
portation problems. These proposals include:
   • Priority treatment for high-occupancy vehicles on
     streets and freeways
   • Traffic engineering systems improvements
   • Higher capacity transit vehicles
   • Work scheduling changes (4-day week or staggered
      work hours)
   • Improved transit service, including linehaul feeder
     systems, automation of bus scheduling, paratransit
      (e.g., jitneys), and demand activated bus service
   •  Organized commuter carpooling
   • Parking restrictions
   •  Economic   penalties  and  incentives,  including
     increased  auto-user  charges  and reduced transit
     fares
   • Facilitating bicycle travel
   • Improving uiban goods movement.
   These  proposals have been motivated  by a complex
cluster of urban transportation problems  which include
but are by no means restricted to air quality (Ref. 1, 2,
3,  4). Yet, the proposals  are virtually identical to the
ones that have been offered  for inclusion in air-quality
related transportation control plans.  Thus,  air quality
requirements are not causing transportation changes that
are otherwise unnecessary. Rather, the immediacy  of the
deadlines for achieving the ambient air quality standards
is  accelerating  the  implementation of  transportation
improvements that are needed to alleviate a wide variety
of urban transportation problems.


2.  Effects of  Transportation  Control  Requirements on
   Other Transportation Programs

   In recent years, significant  attention has been devoted
to the process  through which  transportation improve-
ments  are  planned and implemented. Environmental
considerations, including concern about the air quality
implications  of transportation  proposals, have been  a
significant force in stimulating changes in the transporta-
tion planning  process.  The  following are  among the
changes that are occurring (Ref. 5).
   • Transportation institutions are reorganizing so that
     a wider  range of transportation options may  be
     considered.  This shift is evidenced  by the forma-
     tion of departments of transportation with  multi-
     modal responsibilities.  At the metropolitan  level,
     the requirement that one agency be designated as
     recipient of both highway and  transit funds and
     proposed  requirements for  the  submission  of
     multi-modal programs of projects indicate further
     consolidation, or at least coordination, of  multi-
     modal transportation planning.
   • Transportation agencies at all levels  of government
     are devoting increased attention to  environmental
     effects of proposed actions.  This movement is at
     least partially  attributable to  the growth of legal
     requirements  dealing  with   the  environment,
     ranging  from the National Environmental  Policy
     Act  of  1969 (and the State equivalents of that
     Act), to  environmental sections of transportation
     laws (e.g.,  Sections  109(h) - 109(j)  of the 1970
      Federal Aid Highway Act), to pollution laws such
     as the Clean Air Act.
   • The allocation  of resources is  becoming a vital
     concern  in  transportation planning. The concept
     of  project  cost has been  expanded  to include
     consideration  of the  costs  of  eliminating  or
     minimizing adverse effects.
   • Transportation  agencies are directing more effort
     toward  the coordination of transportation  plans
     with  the  plans and  proposals of other Federal,
     State, and local agencies.
   Transportation controls  are likely to accelerate these
trends by necessitating the consideration of a wide range
of  transportation  options,  by  encouraging increased
interagency  coordination, and by requiring explicit
analysis of  the  air  quality  effects  of  transportation
proposals.

-------
   Apart from the Environmental Protection  Agency,
the Department of Transportation is the Federal agency
most   affected by  transportation-related  air  quality
requirements.  Changes in DOT policies, programs, and
procedures that are attributable wholly or in part  to air
quality requirements include the following.

   a.  EPA  participation  in Intermodal Planning Groups
   Intermodal planning groups (IPG's) are established in
the standard  Federal  regions  by  the  Department of
Transportation to  provide  Federal  review of State and
local  planning of transportation  projects that receive
Federal funds. The voting members of the IPG's are the
Urban Mass Transit Administration,  the Federal  High-
way Administration, and the Federal  Aviation Adminis-
tration. IPG responsibilities include assuring that  State
and local transportation planning processes provide for:
   •  Adequate  integration  of  highway,  transit, and
      airport-transit planning activities.

   •  Adequate participation in the planning process by
      all affected local jurisdictions.
   •  Adequate consideration of social, economic, and
      environmental  factors.

   Since 1973, EPA  has participated in  IPG's  as a
non-voting  member.  This participation provides a means
of improving the integration  of air  quality requirements
into transportation planning and decision-making. EPA
participation  in die  Federal Region IX IPG has  fa-
cilitated the  provision of grants to  Los  Angeles, San
Francisco, and San Diego for the purpose  of developing
parking management plans.  The  activities  of the  same
IPG together with  the efforts of State and local agencies
resulted in  the development  of a short-term transporta-
tion  plan  for Los Angeles that  addresses a variety of
local  transportation problems including air quality. The
plan includes priority treatment for buses on streets and
freeways and the acquisition of 1600 new buses.

   b.  Implementation of Section  109(h) of  the Federal
      Aid Highway Act
   Section  109(h)  requires the Secretary of Transporta-
tion  to promulgate  guidelines  designed to  assure that
possible adverse economic,  social, and environmental
effects  relating  to  proposed projects on  Federal-aid
systems are fully considered in developing the projects.
The guidelines must also assure that  final  decisions on
Federal-aid pi.'jects are  made in  the public  interest,
taking into  consideration a wide  variety  of factors
including the  costs of minimizing adverse  effects on air
quality.
   In  response to  this requirement,  DOT has issued
Process Guidelines for the development of action  plans
to assure that adequate consideration is given to possible
social, economic, and environmental effects of proposed
highway projects and that the decisions on such projects
are made in die besi overall public interest (Ref. 6). The
guidelines identify issues to  be considered in reviewing
and developing desirable  improvements in  the present
organizations and processes of State highway and trans-
portation agencies as they relate to social, economic, and
envirom   ital considerations. The  guidelines  recognize
the unique  situation  of each  State and do not prescribe
specific organizations or procedures.
   c.  Implementation of Section 109(j)  of  thp Frn
      Aid Highway Act
   Section 109(j) requires  the  Secretary of Transporta-
tion, after consultation with the EPA Ac' 'initiator, to
promulgate  guidelines to  assure  thai  highways  con-
structed  in  the  Federal-aid system 11- ••-.insistent with
approved plans for the implementation  of  ambient air
quality   standards  pursuant  to  the  '  lean  Air  Act.
Further,  the National Environmental i'oiicy Act of 1969
requires that adverse envi-  ''mental Affects, including air
pollution, be considered in the  development of hi;-'
proposals.
   In  response to these requirements, and after extensive
consultation  with  EPA,  DOT has issued  air quality
guidelines for use in planning, location, and construction
of Federally aided highway improvements (Ref. 7). The
guidelines require that transportation  plans  and  pro-
grams developed through the urban transportation plan-
ning  process  be consistent  with  approved State im-
plementation plans to achieve the ambient air quality
standards.  The  procedure  for  assuring  consistency
include  consultation  by  the responsible transportation
planning   agencies and  the Regional Federal  Highway
Administrator with the appropriate air pollution control
agency and the Regional Administrator of EPA.
   The guidelines issued by DOT further require that the
proposed  final environmental  impact statement for a
highway  section shall not  be submitted  to  the Federal
Highway Administration for adoption if the responsible
indirect  source   review  agency  has  found  that the
highway  section will  result in  a violation of applicable
portions  of an approved  emissions control strategy or
will interfere with the attainment or maintenance of the
ambient  air quality standards.  The final environmental
impact  statement  may  be  adopted  by  the  Federal
Highway Administration only after the Regional Federal
Highway  Administrator   has   determined  that  the
proposed  highway  section is  consistent with  the ap-
proved State implementation  plan. The  Regional Ad-
ministrator  of  EPA  must be  consulted on  any  con-
sistency issues that have not been resolved prior to the
submission of the proposed final environmental impact
statement.

   d.  Allocation of Funds to Support the Implementa-
      tion of Transportation Control Strategies
   The  transportation control plans of  many  cities
anticipate substantial expansions of existing bus fleets
(see Chapter 3). At the request of EPA, DOT has agreed
to give priority to funding applications for mass transit
capital  grants  to  implement   transportation  control
strategies and  to  meet the transit demand generated by
those  strategies.  Moreover, DOT has  agreed to provide
up to $200 million for  that purpose in FY  1974-75.
Depending  on  legislative  developments regarding the
support  of  transit  improvements, DOT is prepared to
consider  higher funding levels in FY 1976 and  FY 1977
if warranted by the demand for  buses.

   e.  Short-range  Transportation  Plans  and   Improve-
      ments
   Section  1 of  this Chapter  explained the need for
increased emphasis on short-range, low cost transporta-
tion improvements. As an initial response to this need,
the Federal  Highway Administration encourages specific
45

-------
46
consideration  to be  given  to  low cost transportation
improvements prior to a decision to implement major
capital  investment  projects  (Ref.  8). DOT is now
developing guidelines for the preparation of short-range
transportation   improvement  programs.  These  will
require  urbanized  areas  to prepare staged  3-5  year,
multimodal programs of capital and operational projects
consistent with  the  long-range transportation plan and
leading to the achievement of the short-range transporta-
tion objectives  of the areas.  This  program  will  also
contain a listing of capital and  operational improvement
projects   proposed  for  implementation using  Federal
funds during the first program year.
   DOT also is developing requirements for the prepara-
tion of unified planning work programs;. These programs
will  be prepared  at the local level and  will include,
among other things, descriptions of the specific technical
activities  necessary  to  carry  on  the transportation
planning process for a one to two-year period. Planning
work programs also will include assurance that adequate
consideration  is  given to  minimizing or  eliminating
possible  adverse  social,  economic,  and environmental
effects of proposed projects.

   f.  Other DOT Actions
   At the request of EPA,  DOT has agreed to require
consistency with  applicable  transportation control plans
in reviewing mass transit capital grant applications. DOT
also  has  agreed  to  require  that  the transportation
planning efforts supported by DOT in urban areas with
transportation control  plans address  and spell out  a
strategy for implementing approved  transportation con-
trol plans or appropriate alternatives thereto.
   DOT  has given strong support to  the principal  of
removing subsidies  to auto  use in  cities.  Secretary
Brinegar has stated (Ref. 8):
   We will develop  ~-  and  encourage local areas to
   implement —  various incentive systems to force
   more  efficient  vehicular usage  of our existing
   streets and highways. A necessary part of such an
   approach  is to see that  the automobile does, in
   fact, pay  its  share  of all  the costs that it imposes
   on the cities.  This could mean stiff  parking taxes
   and  possibly  even some form of  special "rush
   hour"  license plates. For some cities it might even
   mean  banning  or  severely limiting automobile
   access to the central core  (Ref. 9).

   In  response   to  the Emergency Highway  Energy
Conservation  Act,  DOT has  initiated a program  to
support  carpool  demonstration projects  (Ref.  10).
Typical projects  include locator systems, priority treat-
ment for carpools on streets and freeways, and priority
parking for carpools. Projects that encourage substantial
numbers  of transit  riders  to switch  to  carpools  are
excluded  from the program. As of June  30,1974, a total
of 71  carpool demonstration projects in  26 States had
been approved.

3. Improving the Integration  of  Air Quality Require-
   ments into Transportation Planning and  Decision-
   Making

   The significance of the foregoing developments is that
they  promote the development of an integrated  trans-
portation planning and  decision-making framework  in
which  decisions about  air quality  and decisions about
interacting  social   objectives  can  be  made  together,
trade-offs can  be  made  among conflicting objectives
where necessary, and full advantage can be taken of the
many coincidences between air  quality objectives and
other transportation objectives. The  developing frame-
work places the principal responsibility for developing
and implementing transportation controls with State and
local authorities, subject to guidance and review by EPA
and  DOT. Within  this framework, transportation plan-
ning is understood to  be a multi-objective process.  Air
quality requirements enter  the  process in the form of
constraints.  Thus,  a community's transportation plan
remains oriented toward achieving a variety of objectives
mat the  community has set for  itself.  However,  the
means  of achieving these objectives must be consistent
with air quality requirements.
   Future action  to increase  the integration  of  air
quality  planning  and  transportation  planning  should
address three problem areas:
   • Development of adequate  institutional structures.
   • Acquisition  of  additional  information   on  the
     feasibility, benefits, and costs of innovative trans-
     portation  control approaches  including  parking
     restraints, auto user charges, and transit improve-
     ments.
   • Development  of  more   flexible deadlines   for
     achieving the  transportation-related ambient  air
     quality standards.
The  solution of these problems is likely to require both
administrative action and new legislation. Proposals now
under consideration include the following:

   a. Increase  the  Responsibilities of Regional Trans-
     portation Planning Agencies for Making Decisions
     about  Transportation Controls
   The successful integration of air quality requirements
into transportation  planning  and  decision-making will
require a much higher  degree of  coordination  among
governmental agencies and jurisdictions than now exists.
The  problems  of institutional  and jurisdictional frag-
mentation  that  inhibit this  coordination  may   be
mitigated by  increasing  the  transportation  control
responsibilities  of those agencies in metropolitan areas
that are  already  responsible for  adopting  a  regional
transportation plan. Funds for developing and monitor-
ing transportation control strategies could be provided
to the agency  designated in each metropolitan area as
the single recipient  of Federal Highway Administration
and  Urban Mass Transit Administration planning funds.
The  short range program requirements currently under
development by DOT could be expanded to explicitly
include transportation control measures.

   b. Encourage States  and  Localities to  Experiment
     with  Transportation  Control  Measures  and  to
     Monitor the Results
   There are substantial uncertainties associated with the
feasibility, costs and benefits of certain transportation
control measures.  Many of  these uncertainties must  be
resolved  through actual experience with  the measures.
Experiments are  needed on  various  types of  parking
limitations,  pricing policies, transit improvements, and
carpooling.  The objectives  of the experiments  should
include assessing the effects on mobility  of alternative
approaches  to  reducing  auto   use; demonstrating

-------
 workable  options to  the  public and  to officials;  and
 acquiring  improved  information about  the  costs  and
 market responses of various transportation options.

   c. Require that  Transportation  Control  Plans  Be
      Reivewed Periodically and Revised as Necessary in
      an Open Forum
   Piescut  regujalions require a transportation control
 plan to be revised if the air quality standards are revised,
 tetter methods for achieving the standards are found, or
 the existing plan  is found  to be inadequate  to meet the
 standaids.  However,  there  is  no  requirement  for a
 periodic,  public  review of progress made under a plan,
 problems  that may  have  arisen, and  new  information
 that  may have  become  available  since  the  plan  was
 adopted.  Requiring  the periodic reassessment of trans-
 portation control plans may help officials and  the public
 to understand that they need not be bound to a plan if it
 proves  unworkable  or if it is found to be achieving a
 greater  or lesser  degree   of emissions control  than
 necessary.  This,   in   turn,  may  create an  increased
 willingness to experiment  with transportation control
 appi caches.

   d. Provide Increased Flexibility  in the Deadlines  for
      Achieving  the  Transportation-Related Air Quality
      Standards
   In  some  heavily  polluted  regions, the reductions ii.
 automobile use  needed  to achieve  the  transportation-
 related air quality  standards will  create  considerable
 uisjuption. Legislation is needed mat will permit greater
 flexibility in  the  deadlines for achieving these  air quality
 standards in certain  areas  while maintaining the require-
 ment  mat air quality be improved and the standards be
 achieved  as rapidly as possible. A proposal to amend the
 Clean Air Act to provide this flexibility  was transmitted
 to the Congress in March 1974 (sec Appendix C).


                       References
 I. Charles A. Hedges, "Lei's Attack the Real Urban Transportatiozi
   Problem," Transportation Research Record, forthcoming.
 2. Low Cost Urban Transportation Alternatives: A Study of Ways
   to Increase the Effectiveness of Existing Transportation Facil-
   ities, prepared for the Department of Transportation by R. H.
   Pratt Associates, January ] 973.
 3. Action  Plan for Early Improvements in  Transportation in  the
   Washington,  D.C.  Metropolitan Area,  Report  No.  DOT-
   OS-10192, prepared for the Department of Transportation by
   the London Transport Executive, July 1972.
 4. A  Generalized  Automobile Parking  Policy to Encourage  In-
   creased  Use  of Public  Transit  by  Commuters, Report No.
   DOT-OS-] OJ 92,  prepared for the Department of Transportation
   by the London Transport Executive, July  1 972.
 5. Marvin  L. Manheim, John  H.  Suhrbier, Elizabeth D. Bennett,
   Lance A. Neumann, Franck C. Colcord, and Arlee  T.  Reno,
   Transportation   Decision-Making:  A  Guide  to Social and
   Environmental   Considerations,   Massachusetts  Institute  o~
   Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts, July 1974.
 6. Process Guidelines (Economic, Social and Environmental Effect •
   on Highway Projects), Federal Highway Administration, Policy
   and Procedure Memorandum 90-4, September 21,  1972.
 7. Federal Register, forthcoming.
 8. Low Capital Transportation Improvements, Federal Highwa
   Administration Notice N 5160.7, October 4, 1974.
 9. Claude  S. Brinegar,  address  to  the  Society  of Automotive
   Engineers, Anaheim, California, August 14, 1974.
10. "Carpool Demonstration Projects,"  Federal-Aid  Highway Pro-
   gram Manual, Vol. 4, Chapter 8, Section  3, February 26, 197^.                                                                   47

-------
                                                       Appendix A
                                         Status of Transportation Control Plans
      Measure
  City
 Approved State (State)
        or
EPA Promulgated (EPA)
                     Status
      Parking management
      (review of new
      facilities)
 Fairbanks
                                               STATE OF ALASKA
     EPA
EPA has deferred the effective data of the parking
management regulations to June 30, 1974. It
appears that North Star Borough will submit a
local parking management plan.
      Bus Carpool Matching
      Program


      Employer Carpool
      Incentives
      (200 employee spaces
      per facility)
Phoenix and
Tucson
Phoenix and
Tucson
      Parking Management      Phoenix and
      (review of new facilities)   Tucson
  STATE OF ARIZONA
       EPA
        EPA
                        EPA
The Cities have notified EPA's regional
office of their intent to implement this
strategy.

40 Employers have submitted plans to EPA's
regional office. These plans are currently
being reviewed by EPA.


EPA has deferred the effective date of
parking management until June 30, 1975.
        Prefeiential Bus/
        Carpool Treatment
48
        Parking Management
        (Review of New
        Facilities)
        Computer Carpool
        Matching
       Mass Transit
       Priority — Exclusive
       Bus Lanes
       Freeway Ramp
       Metering

       Priority Treatment
       for Buses and
       Carpools
        Parking Surcharge
        for public and
        employee parking
  San Francisco
STATE OF CALIFORNIA

         EPA
  Los Angeles
  San Francisco
  Sacramento
  San Joaquin
  San Diego
  Los Angeles
  San Francisco
  Sacramento
  San Joaquin
  San Diego

  San Diego
  Los Angeles
  Los Angeles
  San Francisco
  San Diego
         EPA
         EPA
         EPA
         EPA
  The city and state are working on a
  feasibility study for improving mass
  transit. EPA's regional office has sent a
  letter to the State Air Resources Board
  asking for a positive commitment to
  implement improved mass transit strategies.

  EPA has deferred the effective date for
  this strategy until June 30,1975. Los
  Angeles, San Diego, and San Francisco,
  however, are planning to develop and
  implement their own comprehensive parking
  management programs with EPA assistance.

  State officials have indicated to EPA
  that they will implement this program.
  The City of San Diego has indicated to
  EPA that it will implement these programs.
  The City of Los Angeles has indicated to
  EPA that it will implement this strategy.
  Several exclusive lanes have already
  been established.

  EPA rescinded all measures relating to
  surcharges or fees for parking on
  January  15, 1974.

-------
                                            STATE OF COLORADO
 Mass Transit             Denver
 Improvements

 Bus/Carpool             Denver
 Lanes

 On-Street Parking        Denver
 Limitations
Parking Management      Denver
(review of new
facilities)

Bikeway                Denver
 State
State
State
State
 State
 The City has implemented the improvements
 and purchased the buses.

 Experimental lanes are in operation, and
 the program is progressing smoothly.

 The State plans to drop this measure from
 its plan because there already is little
 on-street parking in Denver. It will be
 replaced by other measures.

 The State has made gradual progress in
 adopting the regulations to implement this
 program. However, compliance is likely.

 A major portion of the  164 mile project
 has been  implemented.
                                          STATE OF ILLINOIS
 On-Street Parking        Chicago
 Traffic Flow            Chicago
 Improvements
 EPA
 State
 The full program has been delayed, but
 a pilot program is in operation

 The TOPICS program has begun according
 to the required schedule.
                                         STATE OF MARYLAND
Buslanes                 Baltimore
Bus Fleet Increase        Baltimore
Carpool Matching         Baltimore
Employer Incentives      Baltimore
for Mass Transit
(700 employee spaces
per facility)
Traffic Flow             Baltimore
Improvements


Bikeways                Baltimore
Management of          Baltimore
Parking Supply
(review of new
facilities)
EPA
State
State
EPA
State
EPA
EPA
The City has submitted preliminary study
results and has a test route in operation.

Documentation of progress has not been
submitted but communications from the
Governor indicate good progress on fleet
expansion.

The pilot program is 75% implemented and
funding  for fiscal year 1975 has been
secured.

Requests for information have been sent
to about 60 employers. Of the 12 plans
submitted, only a few were approvable.
EPA is working with the employers to
improve the submissions.

A letter  from the Governor indicates
that  the  required study is completed
and that compliance is likely.

The required study has been initiated
according to schedule.

EPA has deferred the effective date until
June 30, 1975.
                                                                                                                49

-------
                                               STATE OF MASSACHUSETTS
          On-Street
          Parking
          Limitation
          Parking
          Management
          a) CBD freeze
          b) New facility
          review
          c) Employer mass
          transit incentives
          (50 employees per
          facility)
          Preferential Bus/
          Carpool Treatment
          Regulation for off-
          street parking
          facilities, 254
          per hour surcharge

          40% vacancy rate
          in CBD

          Computer Carpool
          Matching Program
          Regulation for
          Logan egress toll
Boston
and
Springfield
Boston
EPA
                        State
                        EPA

                        EPA
Boston
Boston
and
Springfield


Boston
Boston
and
Springfield

Boston
EPA
EPA
EPA
State
 and
EPA

EPA
Neither city has submitted required legal and
administrative procedures nor implemented the
first phase of the program. Both the State
and cities, however, indicate a willingness
to implement this strategy.

The first circuit court decision South
Terminal Corp., et al, v. EPA, 6 ERC
2025, (September 27, 1974) suspended imple-
mentation of the parking management regula-
tion, except for the provision on employer
incentives, until the air quality data base
has been revised.  On August 19, 1974, EPA
sent out 390 Section 113 notices of violation
for employer action plans. Prior to this
activity 700 action plans had been submitted.
Subsequent to this activity over 200 addi-
tional action plans have been received by EPA.

Boston failed to submit a compliance schedule
which was due on August  1, 1974. The city also
failed 1o implement preferential bus/carpool
treatment for Route 1-93.

EPA rescinded the surcharge for Boston and
Springfield on January 15, 1974.
This measure was also suspended by the above
cited court decision.

Radio station WBZ/ALA just completed area-
wide program. Massachusetts is planning to
start a state-operated program of its own.

EPA also rescinded all surcharges and tolls
for Logan Airport on January 15, 1974.
                                                  STATE OF MINNESOTA
          Traffic Management
          System

          Fringe Parking
Minneapolis


Minneapolis
State
State
The City has implemented the program
according to schedule.

The fringe lots are being constructed in
compliance with the required schedule.
          Bus Fleet
          Increase
          Exclusive
          Busways
           Bike ways
                                                   NATIONAL CAPITAL
                                        (Including D.C., Maryland, and Virginia Suburbs)
50
D.C., Maryland
and Virginia
Suburbs

D.C., Maryland
and Virginia
Suburbs
District of
Columbia
State
State
EPA
Buses have been purchased according to
schedule.
All jurisdictions are actively studying,
and some lanes are operational or under
construction. Other lanes will probably be
substituted for less effective proposed lanes
after thorough study. Substantial, though
tardy compliance is likely.

Compliance dates have been missed, but the
City has submitted an alternative proposal
to EPA.

-------
Bikeways
On-street
Parking
Restrictions
Parking
Management
(review of new
facilities)

Parking Surcharge,
Commercial Rates
for Federal
Employee Parking
Maryland and
Virginia Suburbs

B.C., Maryland
and Virginia
Suburbs
D.C., Maryland
D.C., Maryland
and Virginia
Suburbs
     EPA
State
     EPA
  EPA/State
There have been substantial efforts by local
jurisdictions to comply.

The jurisdictions were given a delay until the
Council of Governments defined "adequately
served by mass transit". D.C., Arlington and
Montgomery County have enacted regulations.

EPA has deferred the effective date until
June 30, 1975.
EPA rescinded all measures relating to sur-
charges or fees for parking on January 15,
1974.
                                            STATE OF NEW JERSEY
Preferential Bus/
Carpool Treatment
On-street Parking
Limitation
Parking Management
(review of new
facilities)
Employer Mass
Transit Priority
Incentives
(400 employee
spaces per
facility)
Vehicle Free
Zones

Carpool Matching
Program
New Jersey
Suburbs of New
York and
Philadelphia
     EPA
Camden, Newark,
and Trenton
CBD's
New Jersey
Suburbs of New
York and
Philadelphia
New Jersey
Suburbs of New
York and
Philadelphia
     EPA
     EPA
     EPA
Trenton
New Jersey
Suburbs of New
York and
Philadelphia
     EPA


     EPA
New Jersey has a contra-flow bus lane in
operation on route 1-495 between the New
Jersey Turnpike and the Lincoln Tunnel. The
State has received a $376,000 grant for con-
ducting a feasibility study and demonstration
projects for other routes. New Jersey officials
are also considering an exclusive bus lane
to the Ben Franklin Bridge.

An EPA provided contract is supplying a
comprehensive parking management analysis
for the three CBD's. Camden and Trenton have
made submittals indicating their intent to
implement these strategies.

EPA has deferred the effective date of this
regulation to June 30,1975. The EPA con-
tractor's report will also be used to
develop a comprehensive parking management
program for these areas.

The original promulgated regulation required
parking fees. This regulation was rescinded
on January 15, 1974. A new regulation was
proposed and promulgated June 4, 1974. 115
Employers have submitted plans under the new
regulation. This represents approximately 95%
of the employees covered. EPA's regional office
is proposing to contact employers who failed
to submit plans.

The city has put into effect a partial
vehicle free zone.

Camden and Trenton are using the New Jersey/
DOT Carpool program. Newark has not made
substantial progress on this program.
                                                                                                                 51

-------
                                                   STATE OF NEW YORK1
         Improved enforce-
         ment of traffic
         regulations

         Exclusive bus
         lanes and improved
         express service
         Staggered work
         hours and days
New York
New York
New York
State
State
State
The City has hired an additional 1,000 "Meter
Maids" to enforce the on-street parking
restrictions.

The City has had this strategy in effect but
has not yet improved or expanded the service.
Many of the express service buses do not have
exclusive lanes or priority treatment.

City and State agencies are implementing
staggered work hours. No one has implemented
staggered work days.
                                                        STATE OF OREGON
         Buslanes and
         other transit
         improvements

         Parking
         Management
         (review of new
         facilities)
Portland
Portland
State
State
All measures except the installation of park
and ride shelters are being implemented on
schedule.

The State is currently reviewing the construc-
tion of new parking lots, and the City is
considering adoption of a local parking
management plan.
                                                    STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA
         Buslanes
         Carpool Matching
         Pi ogram
         Employer Incen-
         tives for Mass
         Transit
         (700 employee
         spaces per
         facility)

         Hkeways
         On-street Parking
         Restrictions
Pittsburgh and
Philadelphia
Pittsburgh and
Philadelphia
Pittsburgh
Pittsburgh
Pittsburgh and
Philadelphia
EPA
State
EPA
EPA
EPA
The State has completed several studies and
is now selecting the best routes. Compliance
is likely.

A contracted matching program is ongoing,
although no documentation has been submitted
to EPA.

With the  cooperation of the local planning
commission, the program is proceeding. EPA
is working to improve the quality of the 10
programs submitted. Information has been
requested from about 30 non-submitting
employers.

The program for development and supporting
documentation have been submitted.

This measure is closely associated with the
buslanes  provisions. No action is expected
until after final selection of the buslane
routes.
         Parking Manage-
         ment
         (review of new
         facilities)
Pittsburgh and
Philadelphia
EPA
EPA has deferred the effective date of this
regulation to June 30, 1975. In Philadelphia,
the regulation only affects construction of
facilities in the central business district.
      'EPA approved New York's TCP on June 22, 1973, Since then New York has submitted a plan revision. The State just completed public
"    hearings on its revised plan. EPA and New York are attempting to work out an acceptable plan.

-------
                                                STATE OF TEXAS
 Bus/Carpool
 lanes
 Parking
 Management
Bus/Carpool
matching and
promotional system
Employer Incentive
(700 employee spo.
per facility)
                         Houston


                         Dallas-Ft.
                         Worth

                         San Antonio


                         Houston
 EPA
                                                 EPA
                                                 EPA
 EPA
                        Houston
                        Dallas-Ft. Worth
                        San Antonio


                        Houston
                        Dallas-Ft. Worth
                        San Antonio
 EPA
 EPA

 EPA


 EPA
 EPA

 EPA
There had been little progress made toward
implementation prior to the decision in State
of Texas v. EPA, 499 F.2d 289) 5th Circuit,
August 7, 1974). The decision in that case
deferred implementation of this measure in
Houston and San Antonio and required recon-
sideration of the measure in Dallas-Ft.
Worth.1

The measure was also deferred by the  5th Circuit
in State of Texas v. EPA.1 Since that
case was decided, EPA has deferred the effective
date of parking management regulations to
June 30, 1975.
Some compliance dates were missed during the
progress of Texas' suit against EPA. The
outcome of that suit deferred this measure in
Houston and San Antonio and required recon-
sideration in Dallas-Ft. Worth.1

Several employers submitted programs early
in 1974. This measure was deferred in Houston
and San Antonio and reconsideration was re-
quired  in Dallas-Ft. Worth.1
 Pedestrian Mall
 On-Street Parking
 Restrictions

 Bike way
                          Salt Lake City
                         Salt Lake City
                         Provo
STATE OF UTAH

  EPA
  EPA
  EPA
 The City committed itself to the project,
 and construction is now underway.

 The City has committed itself to carrying
 out the program

 A meeting was held with the Mayor after
 compliance dates were missed. The Mayor
 has promised completion by March, 1975.
                                            STATE OF WASHINGTON

                         Seattle               EPA/State          Seattle has submitted the required compliance
                         and                                     schedule for buslanes, and other cities have
                         Spokane                                 submitted reports required by the park and
                                                                 ride regulations. A request for an extension
                                                                 for other transit improvements in Seattle is
                                                                 currently being considered.
                         Seattle and              EPA             EPA has approved the Washington indirect source
                         Spokane                                 regulations which will replace all parking
                                                                 management regulations except the central
                                                                 business district freeze. Permits are currently
                                                                 being given under the freeze provisions.
                        Seattle and              EPA             None of the required information  or regulations
                        Spokane                                 have been submitted. Commitments have been
                                                                 made, however, in each city for certain
                                                                 organizations to take the  lead in implement-
                                                                 ing this strategy.
                        Spokane                EPA             All of the dates for implementation have been
                                                                 missed, but replacement of this measure is
                                                                 being considered  upon completion of an evalua-
                                                                 tion of alternate measures by a contractor.

 Measures were deferred by the 5th Circuit pending EPA re consideration of the refinery reactivity factor, used in Texas, Other measures were
required to be reconsidered to determine whether they were reasonable in view of the fact that the reductions obtained from these measures are
needed only for a short time.                                                                                            53
Buslanes, park
and ride lots and
other transit
improvements
Parking
management
Computerized
carpooling
Bicycle lanes

-------
                     Appendix B
               Preambles to Indirect Source Regulations
                  MONDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1974
                  WASHINGTON, D.C.

                  Volume 39 • Number 38

                  PART III
                  ENVIRONMENTAL
                     PROTECTION
                       AGENCY
                     AIR PROGRAMS;
                     APPROVAL AND
                    PROMULGATION OF
                  IMPLEMENTATION PLANS

                     Review of Indirect Sources
                  MO. 8«—pt m—i
54

-------
     Title 40—Protection of Environment

       CHAPTER I—ENVIRONMENTAL
           PROTECTION AGENCY
        SUBCHAPTER C—AIR PROGRAMS
   PART 52—APPROVAL AND PROMULGA-
     TION OF IMPLEMENTATION  PLANS
          Review of Indirect Sources

    O.n May 31, 1972 (37 FB 10842), the
  Administrator  of  the  Environmental
  Protection  Agency published his initial
  approvals  and disapprovals of  state, im-
  plementation plans submitted  pursuant
  to section  110 of the  Clean Air Act, as
  amended  in  1970. Shortly thereafter,
  Natural Resources Defense Council, Inc.
  (NRDC) and various other petitioners
  challenged   the  Administrator's   ap-
  provals in  the United States  Court of
  Appeals for the District of Columbia Cir-
  cuit on several grounds, including  the
  contention that the plans approved were
  not adequate to  insure maintenance of
  the ambient air quality standards once
  such  standards were  attained.
    As  to this issue, the Court  ruled in
  NRDC v. EPA, 475 F.2d 968 (D.C. Cir.
  1973)", that the record before the  court
  was insufficient to ascertain whether the
  Administrator  had made  a  state-by-
  state  determination as to  plans'  ade-
  quacy regarding  maintenance.  Accord-
  ingly, the  Court  ordered  the Adminis-
 trator  to   review  the  maintenance
 provisions of all  approved  state imple-
 mentation plans and to disapprove those
 plans  which (1) did not contain meas-
 ures necessary to  assure maintenance of
 the primary standards after the statu-
 tory attainment date,  and (2)  did not
 analyze  maintenance   in   a  manner
 consistent  with  the   Administrator's
 regulations.
   Upon further review, the Administra-
 tor determined that no state plan  con-
 tained all of the measures necessary to
 assure maintenance of the  standards
 and that no plan had adequately an-
 alyzed the Impact of growth on air qual-
 ity maintenance for any significant pe-
 riod of time into the future. Accordingly,
 on March 8, 1973 (38 FR 6279),  the Ad-
 ministrator  disapproved all state plans
 with  respect  to   maintenance    of
 standards.
   In the notice of disapproval, the Ad-
 ministrator  noted that several  mecha-
 nisms  already  available under the Act
 and in regulations would serve to miti-
 gate the  impact of  overall community
 growth on air quality maintenance. For
 instance, maintenance  was partially in-
 sured by the then-existing provisions of
 40 CFR 51.18, which required each state
 plan to have adequate procedures to re-
 view, and where necessary prevent, the
 construction or modification of any sta-
 tionary source of air pollution at a loca-
 tion where emissions from that source
 would result in interference with  the at-
 tainment or maintenance of a national
standard. Emission performance  stand-
 ards for new major stationary  sources
 promulgated under section 111 of  the Act
 and emission standards for motor vehi-
cles promulgated under section 202 of the
Act will also serve to mitigate the  impact
        RULES  AND  REGULATIONS

  of growth. Moreover, a valuable tool  to
  ensure maintenance exists in the require-
  ments in section 110 of the Act that pol-
  lutants in the ambient air be continually
  monitored and that the Administrator
  shall  call  for the revision of inadequate
  state  implementation  plans whenever
  monitoring  or other  information in-
  dicates this to be necessary.
    The Administrator determined, how-
  ever, that  such measures alone would not
  be adequate to ensure maintenance, par-
  ticularly Jor  pollutants emitted largely
  by motor  vehicles in the context of in-
  creased use resulting from general urban
  and  commercial  development.  Accord-
  ingly, the Administrator determined that
  the new source review procedures noted
  in the preceding paragraph should be
  expanded  to  cover not  only stationary
  sources but also "complex" or "indirect"
  sources of  air pollution—facilities which
  do not themselves emit pollutants,  but
  which attract increased  motor vehicJe
  activity and thereby may cause viola-
  tions of an implementation plan's trans-
  portation control strategy or may prevent
  or interfere  with the  attainment or
  maintenance of an ambient  air quality
  standard.
    Thus, all state implementation plans
  were disapproved on March 8, 1973,  be-
  cause of their failure to sufficiently assess
  and provide for maintenance of stand-
  ards, and specifically for their failure to
  provide for the above-mentioned "com-
  plex" or "indirect" source review. In a
  separate action on March 8 (38 FR 6290),
  the Administrator  issued  an advance
 notice of proposed rulemaking stating his
 intention to modify  his regulations  for
 preparation of  state  implementation
 plans contained in 40 CFR Part 51 in
 order to give  further guidance  to  the
 states in the preparation of approvable
 indirect source review measures. In a
 timetable approved by the D.C.  Circuit
 Court,  the Administrator then proposed
 such new guidelines on April 18, 1973 (38
 FR 9599), and promulgated final guide-
 lines on June 18, 1973 (38 FR  15834).
  Specifically,  these  "guidelines"  in-
 volved amendments to 40 CFR 51.11 and
 51.18. Section 51.11 was amended so that
 a state Implementation-plan  could not
 be  fully approvable unless the state had
 legal authority to  conduct  "indirect"
 source  review as well as "direct" (sta-
 tionary) source  review.  Section 51.18
 was amended to specify in detail the sub-
 stantive and procedural matters  which
 must be dealt with by states in develop-
 ing approvable  indirect source  measures.
  The  Administrator  noted  in  the
 April 18  preamble  that even such  a
 source-by-source review might not  be
 adequate  to assure  area-wide  main-
 tenance: "The purpose of the review and
 determination procedures required under
 40  CFR 51.18 Enew  stationary and in-
 direct source review] is primarily  to in-
sure that the national standards will not
be violated in the vicinity of a major new
facility." The Administrator recognized
that hi  the  long run, greater  attention
to the overall Impact of growth on re-
gional ah- quality would be needed to fill
   in gaps left by a source-by-source review
   scheme.
    In the June 18, 1973, final promulga-
   tion of the guidance regulations amend-
   ing 40  CFR Part 51, the Administrator
   determined, in response to public com-
   ments,  that a  comprehensive growth
   analysis should  be  specifically required
   of the states in order to make the main-
   tenance provisions  of  implementation
   plans fully acceptable.  It was the Ad-
   ministrator's conclusion  that indirect
   source review, while "a necessary addi-
   tion" to an overall strategy for assuring
   maintenance, could be considered only an
   additional tactic in such strategy, "be-
   cause source-by-source  analysis  is not
  an adequate means of evaluating, on a
  regional scale, the air quality impact of
  growth and development * * *" Further-
  more, for  pollutants such as  hydrocar-
  bons and  nitric  oxide,  which affect air
  quality through complex atmospheric re-
  actions  resulting in the  formation  of
  photochemical oxidants and nitrogen di-
  oxide, analytical tools that can be used
  with confidence to predict the air quality
  impact of  a single source are not now
  available.
   Accordingly, the Administrator pro-
  mulgated additional regulations amend-
  ing 40  CFR 51.12. States  must comply
  with  these regulations before  their im-
  plementation plans can  be regarded as
  fully approved with respect to air quality
  maintenance. Generally such regulations
  require  states to  identify by March 18,
  1974,  those areas that may exceed any
  national standards within the next ten
  years; to develop  and submit to the Ad-
  ministrator by June 18, 1975, an analysis
  of the impact of projected growth on air
 quality  in  such  regions;  and  to adopt
 such measures as may be necessary to
  assure that growth and development will
 be compatible with maintenance of the
 national standards. Only when such plans
 are finally approved can the Administra-
 tor consider the maintenance portions of
 state  plans  complete.  Thus,  indirect
 source review procedures are a necessary
 but insufficient element in a comprehen-
 sive strategy for air quality maintenance.
   Further, in accordance  with the order
 of the D.C. Circuit Court, the Adminis-
 trator allowed States until August 15,
 1973, to  submit indirect  source review
 procedures for approval. For those states
 which submitted nothing or whose plans
 could not be approved, the Administrator
 proposed on October  30,  1973  (38 FR
 29893), Federal regulations for review of
 indirect sources. Since the public did not
 have  adequate opportunity to comment
 on the seven plans that  had been re-
 ceived by that date, no  state indirect
 source procedures could be approved.
   The Administrator is further required
 by the .Court's order,  as  most  recently
 modified on February 13,1974, to promul-
 gate  final  regulations no  later than
 February 15, 1974. This  rulemaking is,
 therefore, being carried out pursuant to
 the schedule approved by the D.C. Cir-
cuit Court in order to provide Indirect
source review procedures as one element
In an overall strategy  for maintenance
which all state implementation plans are
                             FEDERAL REGISTER,  VOL. 39,  NO.  38—MONDAY, FEBRUARY »5, 1974
                                                                          55

-------
                                            RULES AND  REGULATIONS
required to contain. State plans shall re-
main disapproved as  to maintenance
pending final submission and approval of
the growth analyses and other necessary
measures noted above.
  Based on a preliminary review of the
seven plans which had been submitted by
October 30, 1973, three (Alabama, Flori-
da, and Guam) appeared approvable and,
thus, no proposal was made  for  those
three States on October 30. The Alabama
and Florida plans were proposed for pub-
lic comment hi the October 26,1973, FED-
ERAL REGISTER (38 FR 24607-08) and the
Guam plan as proposed on January  9,
1974 (39 FR 1454). In each case, the Ad-
ministrator has reviewed the plan sub-
missions to ascertain whether adequate
legal authority exists, as required  by 40
CFR 51.11, whether a public hearing was
held, as required by 40  CFR 51.4, and
whether the plan meets the detailed re-
quirements for indirect source review
contained hi 40 CFR 51.18. The Admin-
istrator has  also  reviewed  the written
comments  submitted in response to the
proposals.  Criticism of the submissions
focused upon the size criteria for deter-
mining  which indirect sources would be
subject to review, the effective dates, and
the failure to specifically address the Is-
sue  of  nondeterioratlon. Similiar  com-
ments were submitted with respect  to
the  Administrator's  October 30 proposal
and are discussed in subsequent  para-
graphs of this preamble.
   The Florida and Guam plans for  in-
direct  source  review are fully  approved
below. The Alabama plan  for indirect
source review has been determined to be
approvable hi all respects except that the
necessary  public  comment procedures
were not  Included  in regulatory  form.
The Administrator is, therefore, promul-
gating  a corrective  regulation for Ala-
bama relating solely to public comment
procedures. Since these procedures  are
clearly  required  by 40  CFR  51.18 and
the regulation merely gives legally en-
 forceable form to the procedures spelled
out by the State in Its  submission,  the
 Administrator finds good cause for pro-
 mulgating such a correction without hav-
 ing proposed it.
   To date, EPA has received 14 officially
 submitted state plans for review  of in-
 direct sources. Five (Connecticut, Ken-
 tucky,  New  Hampshire, Vermont and
 Virginia)  have been or will  shortly be
 proposed  for public comment on their
 approvablllty  and  remain disapproved
 until the Administrator completes his
 evaluation. Seven  of  the state  plans
 (Alabama, Idaho,  Maine,  New  York,
 North Carolina,  Oregon, and Washing-
 ton) contain deficiencies which are spe-
 cifically Identified below. The Adminis-
 trator  is  aware  that  several of these
 states  are working to correct the defi-
 ciencies; if changes are submitted  and
 found  approvable, the regulations pro-
 mulgated for these states will be revoked.
 Only  the Florida  and Guam indirect
 source review procedures  can be fully
 approved at this time.
    Modification to the Proposed Regula-
 tions Made in Response to Public Com-
 ments. Many individual citizens, environ-
        mental groups, corporations, commercial
        associations, and governmental agencies
        participated In the rulemaMng process
        by submitting written comments or testi-
        fying at public hearings held on the
        October 30, 1973, proposed  regulations.
        While it would be impossible to respond
        to every point, a number of the  major
        comments are discussed below. Many of
        the alleged deficiencies in the  basic ap-
        proach of  the  proposed regulations as
        reflected In public comments were based
        upon an inadequate  understanding of
        the purpose of these regulations. They
        are Intended to provide one element hi an
        overall strategy of air  quality mainte-
        nance, including new stationary  source
        review, new source performance  stand-
        ards, the Federal motor vehicle control
        program, and the comprehensive growth
        plans which the states must develop. As
        explained earlier, the Administrator has
        determined that   a  source-by-source
        review approach, while necessary to as-
        sure maintenance,- must be accompanied
        by more  Inclusive  long term  growth
        analyses.
           Many of the comments  focused cri-
        tically upon the size criteria  for deter-
        mining which Indirect sources would be
        subject to the review process.  One com-
        ment frequently made was that the sizes
        set forth (1,000 parking spaces, 20,000
        vehicles per day for highways,  etc.) were
        too large and that much smaller sources
        should be  reviewed in order  to  assure
        maintenance. The Administrator has de-
        termined  that the facilities  to  be  re-
        viewed should be limited to those most
        likely to cause air quality problems. In
        administering the Act, the Administrator
        must choose workable tactics considering
        sound and rational  allocation  of  re-
        sources.  In the  Administrator's  judg-
        ment, the  relatively minimal benefits to
        be gained  by  reviewing  smaller sources
        would be greatly outweighed by the re-
        sulting detrimental diversion of man-
        power and resources needed to implement
        other important aspects of  the Act. Ac-
        cordingly,  It has been determined that
        air quality problems associated with an
        aggregation of smaller  sources can be
        dealt with more-effectively and efficiently
        through the comprehensive  growth plans
        to be  submitted by June  1975 than
        through source-by-source reviews under
         these indirect source regulations.
           Several  comments were also received
        from  State  agencies generally  urging
        consideration of smaller size  categories.
         As emphasized In the October 30 pro-
         posal, the  size of an indirect source sub-
        ject  to  these regulations  has  been
         determined hi a nationwide context and
         cannot reflect special  local  conditions,
         such as a desire to include other environ-
         mental or social  considerations hi the
         review. The Administrator  supports and
         encourages the enactment  of more re-
         strictive indirect  source provisions and
         regulations by states where  the needs,
         conditions,  and/or  public  desire  so
         indicate.
            Other comments criticized the basic
         approach  of  reviewing facilities based
         upon, strict size criteria such as size of
         associated parking areas.  These com-
ments made the point that size alone is
not  the  determinative  factor  as   to
whether a particular facility wffl cause
ah- quality  problems;  and  that much
more relevant factors  concern trip  in-
ducement, the design of parking areas,
the "tenant-mix" of shopping complexes,
and others.  Several  of those who com-
mented also  construed the  proposed
regulations to mean that the principal
purpose Is to regulate  the  size of  the
associated parking lot. It should be em-
phasized that parking lot size Is used only
as a convenient, easily defined parameter
which serves as a "triggering mechanism"
for determining whether a source is sub-
ject to review. When a source is being
reviewed under the  regulations, factors
relating directly  to air  quality impact
will be utilized  hi making  the final
determination.
   Several comments were received criti-
cizing the use of a trip inducement test
as being too indefinite a standard to  use
for  determining  whether  a facility is
subject to   review.  These commen,ts
pointed out that in many  cases, a  de-
veloper could not determine with con-
fidence whether his facility  is subject to
review, since  the  trip inducement  cri-
terion requires that he estimate, several
years Into the future, how many vehicle
trips his  facility  would induce during
peak traffic conditions. Although many
developers assess trip inducement as an
integral part of their market analysis, a
developer should not be placed hi legal
jeopardy should the actual trips induced
upon completion exceed his initial calcu-
lations. The Administrator has concluded
that a "trip Inducement" review  test
would cause much  uncertainty as well
as  substantial  enforcement  problems.
Thus,  the trip Inducement standard is
not included hi the regulations promul-
gated  below,  with parking facility  size
being the only Indicator of  the need for
review of sources other than  highways
and airports.
   Some commentors criticized  the regu-
lations for not specifically addressing the
problems of  "non-deterioration."   The
agency proposed separate regulations for
non-deterioration on July  16,  1973   (38
FR 18986). Due to the large number of
comments received  and the importance
of this Issue  in relation to air quality,
land use policies, and the country's econ-
omy, the Agency has not yet completed
 Its rulemaking on non-deterioration. Be-
 cause several basic  approaches are  still
 being considered, an attempt  to reflect
 non-deterioration considerations in the
 indirect source regulations would be pre-
 mature. However, it is EPA's Intent that
 indirect source and significant deteriora-
 tion regulations will be consistent with
 one another. Specific relationships  will
be addressed In regulation to be promul-
 gated on significant deterioration.
   Public comments also criticized the use
 of the distinction between  "designated"
 and "non-designated"  areas  for deter-
 mining the size of facilities which would
 be  subject  to review, on  grounds  that
 such distinction would violate the Act's
 intent that no significant  deterioration
 of air quality be permitted In any area
  56
FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 38—MONDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 1974

-------
                                              RULES AND  RfcGUIATIONS
 of the country, in that the division would
 purport  to treat clean  areas more len-
 iently than dirty areas. As already stated,
 attempts to  design these regulations to
 coincide  with  a   "non-deterioration"
 policy would be premature. Moreover,
 the criterion for review in these regula-
 tions is whether the f acility .would inter-
 fere with attainment or maintenance of
 the national standards. Because of gen-
 erally lower "background" levels in non-
 urban areas and in keeping  with  the
 purpose  of these regulations, which is to
 review sources most likely to cause sig-
 nificant  air  quality problems, it  is the
 Administrator's judgment that it  is not
 necessary to review the same size source
 in non-urban areas as in urban areas.
  In  the regulations promulgated  below,
 the use of "designated areas" for  deter-
 mining which areas of the country shall
 be  subject  to more restrictive  source
 exemption provisions has been dropped
 and the  Standard Metropolitan Statisti-
 cal Area boundaries have been retained
 for this purpose. This is done to eliminate
 the  confusion  that could result  if  an
 area  were designated as an  air quality
 maintenance area (AQMA) for one pol-
 lutant but not for another. This should
 result in more areas of the country being
 subject to the  lower cut-off  limits than
 under the AQMA approach.  In appro-
 priate circumstances, the Administrator
 will  consider requests by the States to
 use area  designations other than SMSA's
 for determining  the  geographic   appli-
 cability of the more restrictive exemption
 provisions.
  With  respect to highways,  it  is  the
Administrator's judgment that air quality
 problems would rarely be caused outside
 of urbanized areas. Highways generally
 connect  one or more urbanized  areas
 somewhere along their length and  the
 regulation is written so as to focus the
 review on the most critical points  along
 the highway, where the traffic volume
 and "background" concentrations are the
 greatest.
  Many  comments  which criticized  the
 size cutoffs for review as being too large
 argued that  the regulations would en-
 courage the development of many  small
 facilities to escape indirect  source  re-
 view,   thereby   encouraging   "urban
 sprawl"  with resulting  environmentally
 detrimental efff-cts. It was urged by some
 that the  Adni;i.i*trator should encourage
rather than   iscourage some large  de-
 velopment       s as regional shopping
 centers wl.     >eeause they offer a con-
 sumer "oiif     ."  slopping for a large
variety  of     is   nd  services,  might
 actually re,      .- < -"t decrease in  area-
 wide vehicle miles i»  : ravel.
  The Administrate! 111 tainly does not
 Intend and does not believe that the en-
 couragement of small, strip-type  devel-
opments  will be ttu -. (fect of these  regu-
lations. First, it should  be stressed that
the primary  purpose of the  regulations
is  to  ensure  that proposed projects  are
designed and located hi a manner con-
 sistent with air quality requirements. If
 the proposed project would interfere with
 a national standard, changes in the de-
 sign, or extension of mass transit, should
 be considered. Only if  a project cannot
 be made compatible with air quality re-
 quirements would it be  necessary to pre-
 vent its construction.  Furthermore, as
 long as there are economic incentives
 favoring development of large projects,
 the Administrator  does not believe that
 developers of larger projects will change
 their scope of operations solely for fear
 of indirect source review. As is discussed
 below, developers will be encouraged to
 submit their plans for indirect source
 review  at  the earliest  stage in the de-
 velopment process  that the required in-
 formation  becomes available. Thus, ap-
 plicants should be  able to obtain  guid-
 ance and a final determination from the
 reviewing agency at a point where total
 projected investment and expenditures
 for the source will  be quite low, and will
 usually be  able to make necessary design
 modifications  so that  a large indirect
 source can receive formal approval.
   Some comments criticized the  regu-
 lations for requiring analysis of only car-
 bon monoxide effects for most sources
 and requiring  photochemical  oxidant,
 hydrocarbon, and nitrogen dioxide  anal-
 ysis only  for highways and  airports.
 Others stated that the highway  cutoff
 numbers were too  low  to  conduct ade-
 quate area-wide oxidant analysis for all
 highways subject to review. As stated in
 the  preamble  to the October  30,  1973,
 proposed indirect souice regulations, it
 is the  Administrator's judgment  that
 adequate  analytical  techniques do not
 exist at this time to predict with confi-
 dence  the  effects of  a  single source on
 area-wide  oxidant levels, except for ex-
 tremely  large sources  which  have  an
 obvious area-wide  impact  on  emission
 levels   such  as  airports   and   large
 highways.
  In  the   Administrators  judgment,
 using   presently  available  analytical
 techniques, the  impact  on area-wide
 emission  levels  of  hydrocarbon  and
 nitrogen oxides resulting from  all high-
 way projects subject to review may not
 be sufficient to provide  the basis for de-
 nial of an application  Therefore, the
 analysis with respect to photochemical
 oxidants arid  nitrogen dioxide for high-
 ways has been modified in  regulations
 promulgated below. Only highways with
 an  anticipated  average annual   daily
 ^raffle  (AADT) volume of 50,000 or  more
 .chicles per day, or modifications result-
 rig in  an increase of 25,000 vehicles per
  ay, would be reviewed  for their impact
 i \  photochemical oxidants or nitrogen
 cuoxide.  The  regulation also  provides
 that where a specific highway section is
 part of a  roadway network which has
 been analyzed and found fully accept-
 able by EPA with respect to maintenance
 of  the  national standards  for photo-
 chemical oxidants and nitrogen dioxide,
 then an oxidant or nitrogen  dioxide
analysis is not required for individual
 segments of  such EPA-approved road-
 way network. The  mechanism  for  EPA
 air quality  analysis of  proposed  area-
 wide urban  transportation  plans  find
programs is established by  the Fede .U
 Highway Admhiistiation (23 Ufr'H Part
 770),  which provides  that area-wide
 transportation plans be reviewed annu-
 ally by  the appropriate EPA Regional
 Administrator to determine their con-
 sistency with the approved  implementa-
 tion plan. - his process is scheduled to be
 implemented by April 1,1974.
   Many comments criticized the June 13.
 1974, effective date contemplated by  the
 October 30, 1973, proposal  as being an
 unjustified  deferral.  Others, however,
 argued that a longer time would be more
 appropriate. As  explained   in the pre-
 amble to the proposal, the deferral was
 considered necessary to allow state and
 local reviewing  agencies adequate  op-
 portunity to make preparations  for im-
 plementing the procedures prescribed by
 the regulations. (As will be explained be-
 low, while the regulation being promul-
 gated today is written in terms of  the
 "Administrator" performing the review,
 it is hoped that before the effective date,
 the Administrator will have delegated
 his reviewing authority to  many state
 and/or local agencies or that the states
 will have submitted approvable proce
 dures of their own.)
   In light of recent firm Congressional
 guidance contained in amendments to
 the Clean Air Act included in the con-
 ference   committee's   version   of   the
 Energy Emergency Act (S. 2589), and in
 the report prepared by the Committee to
 accompany such amendments,1  the Ad-
 ministrator has concluded that it is  the
 intent of Congress that these regulations,
 with respect to parking facilities, not be
 applicable to indirect sources which have
 started construction prior to January 1
 1975. While  the  Congressional guidance
 does not apply to airports and highways,
 it is the Administrator's judgment that,
 for  compelling   administrative  reasons
 and because of the need to improve  the
 Agency's data base, reviews of  airports
 and highways should also apply  only to
 facilities which  have  started construc-
 tion on  or after January 1, 1975. The
 Administrator believes that such across-
 the-board deferred applicability  is con
 sistent with the analysis of growth pres
 ently contained  in the implementation
 plans. Most  implementation plans gen
 erally analyzed  and allowed for  growth
 at leabt  until 1975, thereby  making the
 implementation  of  these  maintenance
 regulations mot,t appropriate for  the
 period after 1975.
  The  Administrator  recognizes  that
 iimny projects may  presently be in the
 planning stages, but will not  start actual
 construction until after January 1, 1975
 If the Agency does not begin to iuiple-
      the review »rocedures  oiior  to
  "For further details as to the development
of the&e amendments and the Administra-
tor's response thereto, see 39 PR 1848, Janu-
ary 15, 1974. It should  be noted that the
January 16 notice announcing the deferral
of the effective date of  the indirect  source
review procedures does not affect the sched-
ule established on June 18,  1973 (38 FB
15834), for designation of air quality main-
tenance areas and the analysis and develop-
ment  ot control strategies for such areas.
                              FEDtKAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 38-  MONDAY,  «ftRUAKY 25, 1974
                                                                           y/

-------
                                             RULES AND REGULATIONS
January 1, 1975, developers of such proj-
ects would be in the difficult position of
either continuing to commit money and
effort to a project which might later re-
quire redesign or relocation, or suspend-
ing further work pending  approval  in
1975. To avoid such problems, the Ad-
ministrator will begin to implement the
review procedures on July  1, 1974, for
any project which  will commence  con-
struction after January 1,1975, on a vol-
untary basis  for those  developers wish-
ing to seek review. This approach is con-
sistent  with  the recent  Congressional
guidance without producing inequitable
delays or uncertainties for developers.
  The  deferral of  the  date for  imple-
mentation of the review procedures un-
til July  1, 1974,  will allow the  agency
time within which  to develop and pub-
lish general technical and design guide-
lines for distribution to applicants who
will be seeking review under the regula-
tions.  Such   guidelines  will  provide
needed  assistance to applicants in  pre-
paring the material required to be  sub-
mitted by the regulation and in design-
ing the traffic-related  aspects of their
sources  so as to have the least possible
adverse  effect  on air  quality and  the
greatest  possible chance for approval.
The deferral  will also allow greater op-
portunity for  states to  develop their
own  indirect source review procedures.
Especially because these regulations in-
herently involve issues  of land use, the
Administrator feels that  review  should
be carried out whenever possible at the
state and local levels where land use de-
cisions have traditionally  been made.
  Many comments were received regard-
ing the  approach to exempting projects
at some stage in the development short
of the  commencement of  actual  con-
struction. The proposed regulation  pro-
vided that an applicant who had entered
Into  a "general construction contract"
prior to the effective date would not be
subject to review.
  Some  comments criticized this  ap-
proach as being open to loopholes in that
applicants who had spent very little time
or money on development and who did
not plan to do so until well after the ef-
fective date could escape review by enter-
ing into a contract.  The proposal was
also criticized on the grounds that much
costly physical work could have already
begun  on  a  site in preparation for a
specific  project design,  and yet  because
the "general  construction contract" for
the actual superstructure had not yet
been executed on the effective date, the
project would be subjected to the uncer-
tainties of review.
  In reevaluating this issue based upon
the public comments,  the  Administra-
tor has  determined that the "general
construction contract" concept should be
dropped as being too susceptible to abuse
by those seeking to avoid review. At the
same   time,   the  Administrator  has
decided to define the phrase "commence
construction" in the regulation to clarify
the stage a project would have to reach
on the effective date in order to be ex-
empt from review.  Under the clarifying
language, where actual physical  on-site
construction or other physical site prep-
aration work  as part of a  continuous
program for the completion of a specific
indirect  source  has commenced before
January 1, 1975, an indirect  source will
not be subject to review.
  The Administrator  considers this  to
be the most rational and equitable ap-
proach. To draw the line at a later stage
in construction  could be quite economi-
cally  disruptive, while to draw the line
at an earlier stage could exempt many
projects from review  which could still
relatively easily and  inexpensively  be
modified in concept and design in order
to comply with this regulation.
  Public comments were received urgmg
that any indirect source otherwise sub-
ject to  review  under the  regulation,
which is constructed pursuant to an ur-
ban renewal or  redevelopment plan,  be
exempted from  review so long as a re-
development agency had begun to carry
out the project.  Under this approach, a
major indirect source for which con-
struction will not commence for  several
years would escape review even  though
such source could adversely  impact air
quality if it is not designed properly.
  The Administrator recognizes that ur-
ban renewal and redevelopment projects
can, if  properly planned, have  a very
positive effect on area-wide  air  quality
and on the overall quality of the environ-
ment. However,  it would not  be consist-
ent 'with the purpose of the Act or these
regulations to allow any major indirect
source subject to these regulations and
which commences  construction  on  or
after January 1,  1975, to be exempt from
review. As has been  noted, the basic focus
of the review process in these  regulations
is  to ensure that localized violations of
the carbon monoxide standards will  not
be created in  the vicinity of a specific
indirect source. It is the Administrator's
desire to protect  the health of individuals
living and working in  urban renewal
areas to the same degree as all other in-
dividuals.
  Moreover, the  Administrator feels that
any disruptive effect on urban  renewal
projects caused by  these   regulations
should be minimal. Indirect  sources for
which on-site grading or construction
work is begun before January 1,1975, will
not  be  subject to review.  For those
sources  that will be reviewed, it should
again be stressed that the primary em-
phasis of these  regulations is to ensure
that facilities  will be  designed properly
in accordance with air quality considera-
tions. It should  be necessary  to deny  an
approval  only  in   unusual   situations
where it is impossible  to construct  a
facility  with design or other traffic-re-
lated  conditions imposed so  as to meet
the tests for review.
  One  iA/mment   questioned  whether
EPA has legal authority to promulgate
requirements  for  review of  indirect
sources. The Administrator feels strongly
that such authority is conferred by sec-
tion 110(a) (2) (B)  of the Act, which re-
quires that implementation plans  in-
clude "such other measures  as  may  be
necessary  to  ensure  attainment  and
maintenance of such  primary  and sec-
ondary  standards,  including,  but  not
limited  to, land use and transportation
controls". Moreover, section 301 (a)  of
the Act'provides that "The Administra-
tor is authorized to prescribe such regu-
lations as are necessary to carry out his
functions under this Act." As has been
explained earlier in this  preamble,  the
Administrator has  determined that re-
view of the air quality impact of indirect
sources  and the prevention of their con-
struction  or  modification at such loca-
tions where air quality violations could
be created and perpetuated is a neces-
sary element in an overall strategy to
assure maintenance of national am'bient
standards as mandated by the Act.
  Another issue which has been  raised
Is that while these regulations purport to
limit the parking lot size of many facili-
ties, local ordinances may require  a cer-
tain ratio of parking spaces to  square
feet of commercial space  before certain
types of facilities may receive local build-
ing  permits. The  Administrator feels
that problems arising from this situation
will  be  minimal. First, the regulations
should not in most cases operate to limit
the sizes of parking facilities, but merely
assure that traffic-related aspects of an
indirect source  are properly designed in
accordance  with  air quality considera-
tions. Second, to the extent that accom-
modations must be made under the regu-
lations,  such as arranging for the exten-
sion of  mass transit to a facility and
diminishing  the  number of  planned
parking spaces, developers may be able
to obtain variances from local require-
ments on the basis that Federal regula-
tions would otherwise prevent the con-
struction  and that  the purpose  of  the
local parking requirements will be served
by  the  provision  for additional mass
transit.
  It should be understood that the fact
that these regulations impose one more
step in  the approval process and may
further  restrict  an  owner's freedom of
action relating to parking facilities does
not  make the  regulations improper in
view of  their necessity under the Act to
help  assure  maintenance  of  health
standards.
  Another issue which has created some
confusion and has been raised in  public
comments  revolves around  previous
statements  made  in earlier preambles
that these regulations relate to the at-
tainment, as well as the maintenance, of
the  national standards.  The primary
purpose of  the  regulations is to serve
as an element In an overall strategy for
maintenance. The  regulations are  not
technically part of any control strategy
to attain the standards in those areas
in which  the ambient air standards are
now being exceeded. Nevertheless, they
will  serve a useful corollary  purpose of
assisting in the attainment of the stand-
ards in such areas.
  Several questions  were raised con-
cerning  the applicability of the proposed
regulation in relation to housing develop-
ments., and airport  roadways and  park-
ing lots. The regulation is not Intended
to apply  to  single family housing  de-
velopments;  however, apartment  house
58
                              FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 38—MONDAY, FEBRUARY 25,  1974

-------
                                              RULES  AND  REGULATIONS
developments meeting' the "associated
parking area" criterion would  be subject
to review. In the Administrator's  judg-
ment, a single family tract development
does  not  produce  sufficient  emission
density to yield meaningful results toi
an air quality impact analysis of an indi-
vidual  development. This is not to say
that low  density development is more
desirable  than  high  density develop-
ment;  however, it is the Administrator's
judgment that such low density develop-
ment is more appropriately and  effec-
tively  analyzed  and dealt with in  the
comprehensive growth plans  related to
air quality maintenance.
  With respect to airport roadways and
parking facilities, the Administrator feels
that it is appropriate to review such
facilities for  their  localized impact on
carbon monoxide concentrations as well
as to review their impact when conduct-
ing general airport review for  area-wide
impact  on   carbon  monoxide,  photo-
chemical oxidants, and nitrogen dioxide
concentrations.
  There was some concern expressed over
the  possible  misinterpretation  of  the
wording  "or  combination  thereof,"  in-
cluded  in the  definition  of indirect
source, since it might be construed that
several different developments would be
considered a single indirect source. This
wording has been omitted from the regu-
lation  promulgated  below, since  it is
unnecessary  and has caused needless
confusion. This deletion will not in any
way change the intended scope of these
regulations.
  Several comments criticized the basic
approach of the regulations as requiring
approval decisions to be based solely on
air quality considerations, ignoring so-
cial and economic considerations. Eco-
nomic and social considerations have not
been ignored  in developing these  regu-
lations. As has already been  explained,
the Administrator has taken the question
of economic disruption into consideration
in determining the stage of development
a  project must reach in  order  to be
exempt from review on the effective date.
Also, it should be stressed that the pur-
pose of the regulations is not to preclude
development except in those rare cases in
which no accommodation with air qual-
ity maintenance can be reached. Fur-
thermore, these regulations are one of
the measures necessary to  assure main-
tenance of  the  primary standards  for
autb-related  pollutants. These primary
standards are set to protect the public
health,  certainly an  overriding  social
concern.
  It is true  that a  final determination
as to a  specific  source's  approvability
under the regulation must be based solely
on air quality factors. To  do  otherwise
would exceed the scope and purpose of
these regulations promulgated pursuant
to the Clean Air Act.  It should be empha-
sized, however, that the determination
made pursuant  to  these  regulations is
only one  necessary  step  among  many
other land-use  measures already gen-
erally established (i.e., zoning approval,
site plan approval, demolition and build-
ing permit  approval, sewer tap-in  ap-
pro vi-'1  '_-tc.)  in order to assure that a
specific facility will be designed and  lo-
cated in a manner not inconsistent with
the public health,  safety, and  welfare.
It is  hoped that indirect source review
will eventually be incorporated into com-
prehensive State and local land use plan-
ning  processes so that social, economic,
and air quality factors can be considered
in an integrated manner.
  Many comments were received regard-
ing the procedural aspects  of informa-
tion submitted with  application, public
comments, and agency  determinations.
In response to comments, the regulation
has made clear that the reviewing agency
may require for submission only that in-
formation  reasonably related to an  air
quality analysis, and that the time for
public comment will not begin  to run
until  all information has been  submit-
ted. Also, in  response to comments, the
regulations now provide  that the period
within  which decisions  must be made
may  be lengthened to allow for more
time to make often complex and difficult
technical decisions based upon  possible
voluminous material and public com-
ments.
  Several other comments relating to the
procedures are  inappropriate for  con-
sideration at this time since the proce-
dures basically follow the requirements
of the  Administrator's own  regulations
appearing in 40 CPR 51.18  which wert
finally promulgated after proposal and
a public comment period on June  18,
1973.
  Developers  are  encouraged to  apply
for review under  these  regulations  as
early  in the development process as the
information required to be submitted can
be^ prepared.  Thus,  applicants  will  be
able   to  ascertain  whether  their plans
will be acceptable under  the regulations
well   before  substantial  sums are  ex-
pended in relation to total project cost.
The  Administrator also  encourages de-
velopers to seek review  of  entire large
scale  projects, such  as  redevelopment
projects, industrial  parks,  or planned
communities,  even  though only certain
elements of such projects might be sub-
ject to review under this  regulation. Ap-
proval of the project as a whole will
allow the developer to proceed with cer-
tainty that the entire project  can  be
completed as planned.
  The  language  concerning modifica-
tions  to design  and conditions  for ap-
proval has been modified in  response to
public comments to make clear that the
reviewing agency is under no affirmative
duty  to devise alternatives  which will
make an otherwise disapprovable proj-
ect approvable, but is merely given the
discretion to do so or to consider altera-
tions suggested by applicants. The condi-
tions  which might be imposed on a per-
mit have been clarified  to  ensure that
they  must  relate to air quality, and
that they may be  imposed  only if the
facility could  not meet approval in the
form  proposed by  the application.
  Several comments suggested that the
relationships of the indirect source regu-
lations to "management of parking sup-
ply"   regulations promulgated  by the
agency as part of several regional trans-
portation control plans  be  explained so
as to avoid confusion among applicants
and reviewing agencies as to which regu-
lation would be applicable to a particu-
lar facility. In this regard, it should be
pointed out that in the preamble to the
proposed indirect  source regulations,  it
was stated that in  areas  where trans-
portation control plans are required, re-
view of smaller indirect sources would
be  justified.
  In regard  to the  "management  of
parking supply regulations" the Admin
istrator has recently  deferred the effec-
tive date  for  review until January  1,
1975, in all areas where such regulation
was promulgated for  the reasons set
forth  in the  preamble  to  such action
printed at  39 PR 1848, January 15, 1974.
As   explained  in  that  preamble,  the
agency' will be reexamining such regu-
lations in the next few months and will
be   making  other  studies relating  to
transportation control plans in general.
  In view  of the fact that the indirect
source regulations will be applicable only
to facilities commencing construction on
or after January 1, 1975, and that several
aspects of transportation  controls are
actively under consideration, the Admin-
istrator has determined that it would be
inappropriate  to  tailor  the  indirect
source regulations in regard to transpor-
tation plan considerations at this  time.
The Administrator will clear up any con-
fusion relating to "parking management"
regulations well before January 1,  1975.
At  this time, it should be assumed that
the  review for smaller  sources in the
transportation control plans will remain
unchanged.
  Delegation of Review Responsibility to
State and  Local Agencies. The proposed
regulation  has been changed to specify
that the "Administrator" or an agency
designated by him, is designated as the
reviewing authority. In the preamble to
the  proposed  regulations,  it was noted
that a state or local agency could be des-
ignated to carry out the review  under
EPA's promulgated  regulations on the
basis of an EPA regulation  [40  CPR
52.02(d) 3 which provides that provisions
of an  approved or promulgated imple-
mentation  plan may be enforceable  by
states  and local agencies in accordance
with their assigned responsibilities under
the plan. It was also stated that where
states  were unwilling to carry out the
review under EPA regulations, the EPA
would assume this responsibility.
  Several states have thus far indicated
their willingness to  carry  out such re-
view, others have indicated  that  they
would not,  and many have not indicated
their position with certainty on this issue.
In view of the deferred effective date for
these regulations, the Administrator con-
siders it most appropriate at this time to
delay designating state or local agencies
to carry out review until a more complete
nationwide consultation  with state and
local agencies can be made to ascertain
precisely which agencies  should be dele-
gated the  authority  to conduct review.
The Administrator continues to encour-
age state and local agencies to seek such
                              FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL.  39, NO. 38—MONDAY, FEBRUARY  25, 1974

-------
                                             KULES  AND  REGULATIONS
delegation through the appropriate EPA
regional offices.
  In this regard, the Administrator em-
phasizes that the Clean Air Act places
primary responsibility for the prevention
and control of air pollution on the states
and local governments. Accordingly, two
broad options are available to states in
designating an agency to exercise the re-
view authority required under these reg-
ulations. One option is to place responsi-
bility for review of indirect sources in a
state-level agency;  the other option is to
assign responsibility to appropriate units
of local government.
  Because of the impact which projects
to be reviewed  under  these regulations
may have on land use and urban growth
and development, the Administrator en-
courages the states to delegate substan-
tial authority under these  regulations to
appropriate  local' governmental  units.
Such delegation ought  to  be  subject to
appropriate conditions (such as effective
and coordinated review on the appropri-
ate regional scale, citizen involvement,
ultimate control by general purpose lo-
cal government, etc.) Alternatively, the
Administrator encourages  the states to
allow local general purpose governments,
subject to similar conditions, to request
designation  of   a  local  governmental
agency  as the reviewing authority. If a
state chooses to exercise review author-
ity at the state level, the  Administrator
encourages states to provide for consul-
tation with  affected local  governmental
units in conducting such reviews. Al-
though the Administrator feels that dele-
gation of review powers to State author-
ities, with their  subsequent subdelegation
to local authorities, is the most rational
means of delegating responsibility in ac-
cordance with the framework of the Act,
the Administrator reserves the light to
delegate such review powers  directly to
local governmental units in appropriate
cases, where localities are willing to ac-
cept  such  responsibility and  States  are
not. It  is also possible to delegate review
under this  regulation directly to  State
or local administrative agencies.  How-
ever, such  delegation will not be done
without tiie consent of  the elected offi-
cials having jurisdiction over  such agen-
cies.  Whenever a  state  or local agency
requests delegation of these review pro-
cedures, the Admisintrator will consider
appropriate administrative or procedural
modifications to the regulation, consist-
ent with the Act and 40 CFR Part 51, to
facilitate  such  assumption of  respon-
 sibility.
   The Administrator also is aware of the
concern some have voiced that the re-
view authority may be assigned  to  an
agency whose authority is restricted to
air  pollution control.  Accordingly,  the
regulations require that, where the des-
 ignated agency does not have continuing
 responsibilities  for land use planning and
 decision making, the reviewing  agency
 shall consult with the appropriate state
 and  local agency or agencies prior to
 making certain determinations. In turn,
 if the  designated review  agency  is not
 an air  pollution control agency, the reg-
 ulations require that the review agency
shall consult with the appropriate state
and Ideal air  pollution control agencies
prior  M making its  determination.
  Wliile the Administrator urges States
and/o: localities to accept the responsi-
bility ;o conduct review under these reg-
ulations as the Administrator's agent, it
should be stressed that the Administra-
tor even more strongly encourages States
to develop their own indirect source  re-
view procedures in accordance  with  the
requirement  of 40  CFR 51.18.  Through
this  process  the  States can more fully
tailor regulations to their own special
needs,  and the Act's emphasis  on State
and local control of air pollution will be
more fully served.
  Additional Changes to Proposed Reg-
ulation. The final regulations clarify  the
information which must be submitted by
the applicant. Generally,  the applicant
is not required to analyze the air quality
impact of his facility; this function  will
be pei-formed by the reviewing Agency
based on data submitted by the applicant
Since developers normally  do not have
the expertise  to perform such an analy-
sis, this change  will ensure that such
calculations are properly made, and that
the air quality estimates will be made at
receptor locations considered important
by the reviewing agency.
  It should be emphasized at this point
that much of the  data required of  the
applicant may be available in  an Envi-
ronmental Impact Statement (EIS) pre-
pared  pursuant  to  the National  Envi-
ronmental Policy Act  (42  U.S.C.  4321)
or similar state legislation. It is not  the
intent of this regulation to duplicate the
information- gather ing requirements of
NEPA Where an EIS has been prepared,
it shoald  be  submitted as part of  the
application and only the required infor-
mation not  contained in the EIS need
be submitted  separately.
  The final  regulation  has been modi-
fied to clarify the findings  the reviewing
agency must make before an application
can be  approved.  For facilities other
than eii ports and highways, the review-
ing agency is authorized in appropriate
cases to make the judgment concerning
interference  with attainment  or main-
tenance of the national standards on the
basis  of whether  the  construction or
modification  will result hi traffic  flow
characteristics which have been deter-
mined by the Administrator not to cause
violatians of  the- national  standards for
carbor monoxide. This provision does not
modifj- the reviewing agency's responsi-
bility to make the determination that the
ambient  air  quality  standards will be
attained and maintained; it simply pro-
vides another tool to be used in appro-
priate situations for making such a de-
termination. In cases where the Adminis-
trator finds that the use  of  the traffic
flow  characteristics  would not  be com-
 patible1 with  the tests for  review under
 the regulation, he is, requiied to consider
 a diffusion  moael  is  making  his final
 determination In cases where the devel-
 oper does not believe that the traffic  flow
 characteristics prescribed by the Admin-
 istrator's  guidelines  are  necessary in
 order to ensure attainment and mainte-
nance of the national standards for car-
bon monoxide, the developer may submit
with his application the results of a dif-
fusion model to support his contention.
  Prior to  the  effective date of  these
regulations, the. Administrator will pub-
lish  guidelines 'setting  forth  the traffic
flow characteristics which  must be  at-
tained for various types of facilities in
order to prevent localized  violations of
the carbon monoxide standards. These
guidelines  will  be used by the Adminis-
trator   (and  designated  agencies)   in
carrying out the review under the  regu-
lations and should be used by developers
in planning their facilities so  as to  max-
imize their chances  for approval. This
guidance will also Include information
on sound design practices (e.g., parking
lot design, means for ensuring adequate
gate capacity, methods for reducing the
levels of service on roadways and inter-
sections significantly  affected  by  the
indirect source)  and  other  measures,
such as mass transit options,  which may
be used to attain the appropriate traffic
flow characteristics.
   The  above approach  is intended In
appropriate cases  to  translate  the  re-
quired  air quality determination  into
specific performance criteria with which
developers are much more familiar. This
approach  minimizes  the  controversial
land use implications of these regulations
by emphasizing the control  of  adverse,
traffic  conditions  which cause  highly
localized earbon monoxide  concentra-
tions.  Thus, even  though  the national
standards for carbon monoxide may pres-
ently be exceeded at some locations in a
region, most facilities subject to this reg-
ulation which are designed  to produce
the  requisite traffic flow characteristics
should still be allowed to construct. This
is due to a combination of three factors:
  :i.  Generally, present air quality data re-
fleet the  most  highly  polluted downtown
areas. Much new construction occurs on the
outskirts of the urban area where carbon
monoxide concentrations are relatively  low.
Construction that does occur in downtown
areas is usually served or can be served by
mass transit so  that the Induced traffic will
be minimal.
   a. The Federal Motor Vehicle Control  pro-
gram will  continue  to  reduce  automobile
emissions. By the date a  facility that com-
mences construction on or after January 1,
19Y6, Is completed, ambient air quality levels
of carbon monoxide should be  significantly
lower than they are presently.
   3. To the extent that air quality levels at
thr  site of a proposed indirect source are
expected to continue to threaten the national
standards, this condition may be due to exist-
ing adverse local traffic conditions which may
be corrected. If such a situation is corrected,
a facility may be allowed to construct if the
owner  can demonstrate that the additional
induced traffic will not cause the local traffic
flow to return to its initial condition.

   The final regulations do not require an
aii1 quality impact  analysis for  indirect
sources with associated parking  areas
beyond the first year after the source is
fully operational. It is  the Administra-
tor's judgment  that increased carbon
monoxide  emissions due to  growth of
mobile source  activity  associated with a
specific indirect  source (other  than  a
 60
                                FEDERAL Rt_
                NO  38   MONDAY  FEBRUARY  25, 1974

-------
                                                      AND  RFGUIATION*
 highway or airport) would be more than
 offset by the Federal motor vehicle con-
 trol program. Moreover, to be consistent.
 with the basic approach of these regula •
 tions, the  Administrator  feels  that  po-
 tential problems  from increased traffic
 in  the  vicinity  of  a  parking-related
 source which may be caused by overall
 community growth should be dealt with
 in the maintenance plans to be developed
 by  the States. The ten-year analysis of
 airports and highways is still  required,
 since  the  growth of mobile source  ac-
 tivity associated with these sources may
 be  sufficient to offset the effect of  the
 Federal motor vehicle and aircraft con-
 trol programs. For example, the analysis
 for airports must include not  only  the
 growth associated directly with the aii-
 port, but other commercial  atid indus-
 trial development occurring within three
 miles of the airport.
  The final regulation clarifies the cir-
 cumstances under which  the reviewing
 agency may condition permits and  elim-
 inates  the  responsibility  for the  post-
 construction air quality  monitoring by
 the applicant. If needed, such monitoring
 should be  conducted  by  the reviewing
 agency. The conditions placed on a per-
 mit are limited to those measures which
 are necessary to ensure that air quality
 standards  are  attained and maintained
  A. new paragraph (10) has been added
 to encourage  the reviewing  agency  to
 specify the extent to  which a facility
 could be further modified without  being
 subject to  review. This   provision was
 added to deal with a situation in which
 the  reviewing  agency  determines that
 even  a fairly minor modification, which
 would not otherwise be subject to review
 under the regulation, could cause a vio
 lation of the national standards.
  A new paragraph <12> has been added
 Invalidating an approval  to construct if
 the construction is not commenced with-
 in 18 months (subject to extension where
 justified) after receipt of approval. This
 is to  ensure that  changed conditions in
 the vicinity of the proposed facility would
 not invalidate the  air quality impact cal-
 culations on which thp original approval
 was based.
  New  provisions  have been added to
 clarify responsibilities for review of Fed
 eral  facilities  in  cas»s where  the Ad-
ministrator delegates  the authority  to
 State or local agencies to  implement the
 Indirect source review proceduies Recent
court decisions atid Presidential Execu-
tive Order 11752 >,38 PR 34793, December
 19, 1973) cast doubt on the authority oi
 States to subject Fpdej al facilities to per
mit controls. It is, therefore  necessary
for the Administrator to retain responsi-
bility for review of all Federa.i facilities
 subject to  this regulation in  order  to
carry out the provisions  of Section 118
 of the Act, which  maVes clear that Fed-
eral facilities must be subject to air pol-
lution controls  to the same  extent  as
fon-Federal  facilities.  flt  should  be
noted, however, that the court  decisions
 and Executive  Order  11T52 do not  limit
the application of State and local srt'>
 "tantive standaid? and emission limHq
   Since these regulations will trot be im
plemented until July 1, 1974, fo> sources
commencing  construction  on  or  after
January 1, 1975, the Administrator feels
that it would be appropriate to i-ilov, ad-
ditional  wntten comments to be sub-
mitted in  response  to  the  P'or-rulgated
regulations.  All  comments  postmarked
not later than April 1, 1974, win be con
sidered, and  where appropriate, revisions
maj* be made to  the regulation*  Com-
ments should be submitted in triplicate
to the appropriate EPA Regional  Office
and labeled   as  "indirect  source  Com-
ments" on the envelope  Those ---'im ,snh
mitted written comments in response to
the October  30 proposed regulations  are
encouraged to incorporate relevant, por-
tions of such previously submitted corn
merits by reference  into their ""w com
merits whetrvr tl>«» ^nrne r«>'n* >r hfii--
made.
  The Administrator agairi strongH pn
courages States to  utilize the  time  nl
lowed by  the deferred  effective date to
develop arid  submit  their own Indirect
source review procedures, since the Clean
Air Act emphasizes that States and local
governments are to have the primni>  IT
sponsibility for the control  of air pollu-
tion and because decisions involving local
land use are traditionally more apptopt I
ate for State and loi>?il considr'titinn
  As discussed above, the efl><. Mvf dato
of these regulations will bo ,ru'v I, 1P74,
and  they  w'll  be  applicable to 1nt3;;»r>
sources commencing conMrn'-ti-'n <-.:• ,«
after Januatj 1. J975.
(Sections  1 10(a) (?) (*t) , 110(c), p.mi 3ul(»)
of the Clean Air A't. as nnipnrt»n 1*3  U R r
1857c TI(».I !"-x  -B).   it--- •-  S(r)   »
                                                                                                                    61

-------
                   TUESDAY, JULY 9, 1974
                   WASHINGTON, D.C.
                   Volume 39 • Number 132

                   PART II
                    ENVIRONMENTAL
                      PROTECTION
                        AGENCY
                      AIR PROGRAMS;
                      APPROVAL AND
                     PROMULGATION OF
                   IMPLEMENTATION  PLANS

                      Review of lndi> 
-------
                                             RU1ES  AND REGULATIONS
   Title 40—Protection of Environment
     CHAPTER  I—ENVIRONMENTAL
         PROTECTION AGENCY
      SUBCHAPTER C—AIR PROGRAMS
PART 52—APPROVAL AND  PROMULGA-
   TION OF IMPLEMENTATION PLANS
        Review of Indirect Sources
  On February  25, 1974 (39 PR 7270),
the Administrator of the Environmental
Protection Agency  (EPA)  promulgated
an indirect source review regulation (40
CPR  52.22(b))  to be incorporated into
the Clean Air Act implementation plans
for 52 states and territories. As a follow-
up to that regulation, the Administrator
is today taking the following actions:
  (1) In the preamble to the February 25
promulgation, the Administrator noted
that additional written  comments would
be accepted until April  1, 1974, and that
where appropriate,  revisions  may  be
made to the regulation (39 PR 7276).
Many interested persons submitted writ-
ten comments.  The Administrator  has
considered the comments and has deter-
mined that  several amendments of  a
clarifying, procedural nature are war-
ranted.  These  amendments are  being
published today.
  (2) The Administrator will respond In
this preamble to significant new general
comments  which were not  dealt with in
the February 25 preamble.
  (3) The Administrator has noted that
some confusion exists as to the intended
scope and application of the regulation
and as to other matters relating to inter-
pretation of the regulation. An explana-
tion  responding  to   frequently-raised
questions of interpretation is provided in
this preamble and in  a new Appendix A
to Part  52.
  (4) Further  information is provided
regarding procedures to be followed in
conducting review under the regulation
and  regarding  delegation of review re-
sponsibilities to state and/or local agen-
cies.
      NEW  GENERAL  COMMENTS
  Because many general comments di-
rected to the wisdom of the basic scheme
of the regulation have already been ad-
dressed in the February 25 preamble, the
Administrator does not feel it is neces-
sary or helpful to respond to them again.
Nevertheless, there are three points the
Administrator would like to make in re-
sponse to the new comments.
  1.  The  need  for  the regulation. One
major retailer  submitted lengthy com-
ments challenging the entire concept of
indirect source  review for shopping cen-
ters because the Administrator allegedly
has not adequately established that such
a regulatory scheme is  necessary to as-
sure maintenance of the ambient stand-
ards for carbon monoxide. In an attempt
to show that such a  regulation is not
necessary with regard to shopping cen-
ters, the retailer submitted two studies.
  One was an  empirical study showing
that after several days  of monitoring at
one shopping center,  no violation  of an
ambient  carbon  monoxide  standard
could be   found.  This  .study  involved
"grab  bag" sampling  at various loca-
tions over the  entire shopping  center
parking lot, and emphasized  averaging
the sample values over all locations for
each hour and over all  hours for  each
location. Such an averaging procedure is
inconsistent .with the  method in which
the air quality standards are prescribed.
Air quality values should be averaged for
discrete one and eight hour periods at
each location, not over all locations. Al-
though the study includes some continu-
ous monitoring, carbon  monoxide  con-
centrations were not monitored in  close
proximity to the most frequently  used
exit/entrance, the site where  the high-
est concentration  would  be likely  to
occur. Moreover, the study confined  itself
to analysis of air quality on the site of
the shopping center, whereas more sig-
nificant  impacts  can be  created  at
nearby intersections.
  While it is true that a shopping  cen-
ter may be constructed such that there
would be no reasonable receptor sites in
the close  proximity to the  areas where
the  highest  concentrations  would  be
likely to occur, it is not appropriate to
generalize that  a source category  does
not  have a  significant  impact  on air
quality  without studying its impact at
the points of highest concentration, in-
cluding nearby intersections, and under
the worst conditions.
  The other study dealt largely with the
impact of various types of shopping cen-
ter developments on area-wide emission
rates. Such analysis is irrelevant to the
questibn of  whether  localized  carbon
monoxide problems can be caused by ve-
hicles  attracted to a shopping  center.
This study also indicates, through the
use of predictive models, that by  1980
various types of shopping center devel-
opments would not cause carbon monox-
ide violations due to  the effects of the
Federal Motor Vehicle Control Program.
A prediction of the impact of an indirect
source on ambient air in 1980 is unre-
sponsive to the problem at hand  since
ambient carbon monoxide standards are
to be met under the  Clean Air  Act as
expeditiously as practicable but not  later
than the  statutory   attainment  date,
which  is in most cases 1975 and in no
event later than 1977.
  The  Administrator  has  conducted  a
number of studies to determine the im-
pact of various types of indirect sources
on ambient air quality, including shop-
ping centers v and sports  stadia.3  Even
  1GCA Corporation, "Validation Study of
an Approach for Evaluating the Impact of
a Shopping Center on Ambient Carbon Mon-
oxide  Concentrations", Contract No.  68-02-
1376, Task Order No. 2 for EPA (March 1974).
  a Quality  Assurance and Environmental
Monitoring Laboratory, Field Monitoring and
Instrument   Branch,  "Carbon  Monoxide
Measurements in Vicinity of Shopping Cen-
ters,"  BTI Report,  Contract No. 68-02-0294,
Task Order No. 3 for EPA, (April 1973).
  3 Bach, W. D., Crissman, B. W., Decker, C.
K., Mlnear, J. W., Raspberry, P. P., and Tom-
merdahl, J. B.: "Carbon  Monoxide Measure-
ments In the Vicinity Of Sports Stadiums."
BTT Report, Prepared fo- EPA  Under Con-
tract 68-02-1096, Task No. 1 (July 1973).
though the studies were conducted over
a limited time period, the facilities were
found to have a definite adverse impact
on ambient carbon monoxide levels, and
even to cause violations of the national
standards. These results substantiate the
need  for procedures   to  review  such
sources prior to construction in order to
protect the public health.
  The Administrator  has  never  con-
tended that  every indirect source sub-
ject to review will necessarily cause air
quality violations.  If such were the case,
then the proper course of action  would
be to promulgate an absolute ban on fur-
ther   construction  of  such  sources.
Rather,  the  Administrator  has  deter-
mined that in certain circumstances in-
direct sources can create ambient viola-
tions  or exacerbate  existing violations.
Even  in  circumstances where  the con-
struction of one source in an area might
not  create  violations,  the  subsequent
construction  of one  or more additional
sources in the near vicinity could do so.
  Since implementation plans under the
Clean Air Act must contain measures to
"insure" that the ambient standards will
be attained and maintained, and  since
the Administrator has  determined that
indirect sources, singly or in combina-
tion, can cause violations of the stand-
ards, it is necessary  for implementation
plans to contain procedures for precon-
struction  review of  such  sources. The
Administrator  has confidence  that the
Federal Motor Vehicle Control Program
being implemented pursuant to Title II
of the Clean Air  Act  will continue to
dimmish the  levels  of ambient  carbon
monoxide. However, such reductions wiH
not  in the  Administrator's  judgment
suffice to prevent  ambient violations in
the vicinity of indirect sources subject
to the regulation  for at least  the next
few years.
  Some have questioned whether it is
proper to promulgate this review regula-
tion  even in areas which,now have no
carbon monoxide  problem. The relative
cleanliness of a particula    r°a's air is
irrelevant to  the  question 01 whether
indirect source review  is necessary for
that area, since a new indirect source (or
several new sources)  coc.d easily convert
almost pure  air into  air  violating the
public health  standards.  The primary
purpose of the regulation is to assure
maintenance of the ai^bient standards—
to assure that no violations will occur
where none now exist.
  2. Approval based solely on air quality
factors. A widespread misunderstanding
of the purpose and effect of indirect
source review is reflected in the following
comment  made by a national associa-
tion:
  According to the  Indirect  source  regula-
tions,  design  characteristics,  location and
timing of future development Is being based
solely on air quality factors. We feel that no
single factor should  be the sole determinant
of land use planning decisions.

  The Indirect source  regulation does
not make^iir quality the "sole determi-
nant" of land use planning decisions ex-
cept in an area which is now totally free
                                rEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 132—TUESDAY, JULY 9.  1974
                                                                           63

-------
                                                      AND REGULATIONS
of any /.onim* ;n other land use regula-
tions.  As the  Administiatot  explained
v\ the Fehumiy 2? pietvnble:
  It  should b^ ^rnphasizad  "  *  '" that the
determination n'artf" pursuant to the<:e reg-
ulation:) is only one  necessary S';op among
many other lnnd-'i"e  measures already fren-
erally establi£>>e-l (!e, zoning approval, site
plan appiovai, dt ••! -litlon and building per-
 iit approval, pe-^r tap-in approval, etc.) in
 - 'fr tii as-i'i<>  'iat  a specific facility will
'" -.'-signed and  located in  a manner not
*>'Cnnsistent with the  public health, safety,
arid welfare Tt is hoped that indirect source
review  will eventually be incorporated into
compre "tens've  rtate  and  local  land use
planning piocc~nef, so that, social, economic,
and air quality factors can  be considered in
an integrated manner. 99 FR 7274 (Febru-
ary 25, 1974),

  The fact that  one of many permits
and  approveIs a facility must obtain be-
fore construction  relates  solely  to air
quality  certainly  does not  make air
quality  "the  sole determinant" ot  land
use planning.
  3.  Analysis Beyond One-Fourth  Mile.
Additional comnients indicated that the
air quality impact of an  indirect source
should be examined at distaness further
than one-fourth rrn!e from the source.
It should be noted that  the tests spec-
ified in subparagraphs  <4> and  (6)  in
no way restrict the Administrator  as to
the  location  of  the an"  quality impact
analysis. However, it, is the Administra-
tor's judgment that the major impact of
most facilities  with  respect  to  carbon
monoxide will be within one-fourth mile
of the facility; accordingly, the detailed
traffic data that  must be submitted as
part of each application is  limited to the
immediate vicinity of the "idtiect source.
It is the Administrators  intent to re-
quest more eomr'elwipive Oat a pursuant
to snbpwpfran'" smnirj)  on  a case-by-
case basts, and  to nin'.>?:» the air qual-
ity  impact at  distances  beyond  one-
fourth  mile in  cases where the facility
might pose p thi?,)v to  the Hr «iii'i'ity
standards at, n.'<''i '"^ nti-jin,
  Sxplannli't"    <>f   / mgvnfly-Raised
Questions of f*adei  *o claiify  con-
fusion refi°ctM >n pu'ii'c comments and
questions,  fn :u1 -littou. a  new Appendix
A to Part 53 '"- h°>'>p |:ublisl eri simul-
taneously vpt'i  thi-- Tilrc.ipfeing setting
forth the si'hstance  t n,f- following ''is
cussion iri n-r<--' j'rf»<-,i,M-p js'inig form. As
is true  with cu-v  ,st'\',>)t- -T i emulation, it
is inipopsibl" t" nnv^er OefmiMvely even
conceivable qu^-trm 'if ii'teunotp.tion 01
application  whirh n.ieht ai't^p in imple-
menting tl>o i °t*M1'iti'«ii.  Jn=f as co'irts
frequently  'iTiiii'- tik OP'id? 'ifitnin  is-
sues until an ?i/-(nal ';i|ii'i!  presents a
specific rsiso 01 •••.>"' ir>v-?irj  before them,
the  Administ'atoT believes thnt it would
be unwise  to answer evpi f t'p 'CFolvv' on n,  csjqe
  Tie *• p"?'rition offeree  below relates
to points so  basic that if they were not
clea"ly  understood  by  the public  and
as;enci<;?  implement ing  the  legulat.ion,
seiiou^   mistakes   in   Implementation
mis it omn-  ' >ne caveat should precede
the discii' !'•"• The following  is the Ad-
muiistrato''s inteipretation of his  own
regi.lptici,,   40   CPR  5M.22(b>.  States
which  develop   their  own regulations
wJiii-1' PIOV ^^ appioved under 40 CFR
51.1?  n"j '\i  t bound  to  interpret  their
regilf;ti'. »is in the same manner, so long
as -,heir  iemulations  operate  to insure
tha*  !vubi»:nt an u'i»lily stnndirds will
not be  viola t', 0.  as a result of the con-
struction of  a new indirect source.
  Most  questions  relate   to  the  basic
scope of the regulation, the type  of in-
direct some? which is subject to review,
and the lu'.tme  of the "pswopiated park-
ing ai--n," ""-I -ept. Since almost no com-
mei't.q  01  questions  of  interpretation
wei}  leccivcd  regarding highways  and
airforts, the following discussion,  unless
otherwise  noted, deal« with   all  other
tyi)cs of indirect sources.
  The basic  f'xuis of the regulation  is to
review a new facility which will have an
associated parking area of the requisite
number of parking spaces  The list con-
taired,   in  1D  CFR  5222(b>(l)(i)  is
met ply  a set  of examples and  should not
b« ovr-ernphasized. Tin*  key to  deter-
miring whirl) facilities must be reviewed
is ii  paragraph (b)C2>. which requires
review  of "a new  parking  facility, or
oth>:r new iTuiirect soiu'ce  with an asso-
ciated  packing  area" of  the requisite
siJM. Thus in every case, the most impor-
tant factor wctjon with" a facility.
  An "i>"of-1".1pfl parking area"  Is de-
fined  in  p-wsigrnph   (b)n>(iii)   as  a
"parking fsrjiitv or facilities owned and/
operated in "onJunction with an indirect
sou 'ce." To  be  PII  "f'-.pociatcd parking
are:'' within 'he intent of the  regulation,
the ai ea >n"-1 be a separate and discrete
lor;,li-f»cl faci'ity :";si>Hat°d with a  par-
tici Ipr  indhei-t  -onrce 'T)>n,s. to rlear up
)nui;b confir-H-n reflectod  in the written
comments p,r urban ren^^-al  are-a is not
i<«elf "': jndiKV't FOHTCP subject to review
i'i)r e>   s,)\e  < egiilPti'ni  ner^ly because
••'.it iint.hr oiilir^ rn"s> Hiprp rnay be more
thin  l,noo |.'>iVin(r spiic'"  >'fither, it is
npc^Pi'i j to i»r>h r>! d'sti-c'p parking fa-
c1!' '(":.  vJfl'i"  the  nibau  '^riewnl  area
]<> i]p|^-»';;^i!in '^^^t, if '\7iyr coi>st,ruption
Tvit, lin  tl'f nea  w'll b» rubip^t t'>  ipview
 ,in(!er HI*I T f»f'nlriHrtv)
  F .1 <.-M a '• edi*. eloprrient  plan. Within the
twfKe  bl'ic1'" th^'ip is to be a municipal
aurHoi'nri  wi*ii ).r>00 parkin?  spaces
un(|pii)ff>th   t,  011  apartment building
witi  30i pptfeing  spaces  adjacent  to it
to (t"ve Uie  lesiO^nts, a t.^OO-space mu~
jiicipp.l  pn.ilri'iR gptsvjf.  manj1  town-
bon^os  r.Ti!|i s>~»'it* or  tloubk'  private
Kar"i>f-s f'«i  *! °!  si"" o* th"tr (^ivners, and
500   '^pn' '   *V'   r^iiff  ci'to   , ,v1 qfre^t
i-vik'i'g
  tr s,;i,'!, t ,5),-ivi> h]'t"l'-, weie within ait
".MCIA  II.->i   ml-ljtf.1 o'l'Hforhnvi nt)(^ th(»
municipal  parking garage will  each be
subject to  the regulation as a separate
indirect  source since each  will have a
separate and discrete associated parking
iRrea of 1,000 spaces  or more. The rede-
velopment  project itself is  not an "in-
direct  source" subject to review under
the regulation, however, merely because
it includes in the aggregate more  than
1,000 spaces.
  Thus,  to answer another  point which
has  caused confusion,  the construction,
5 years later,  of a new apartment build-
ing with an associated parking area of
600 cars within the  urban renewal area
will not by itself trigger review under the
regulation. First, this is not a "modifica-
tion" within the contemplation of para-
graph (b) (2) (i) (b) since it is not a mod-
ification of an associated parking area
bat rather a  new separate  and discrete
parking  area. Second, this is not an  in-
crement under  paragraph (b) (2) (iv)
since it is not  an increment to an exist-
ing  "indirect  source"  within  the  con-
templation of the regulation.
  If 500 spaces  are  later added to the
apartment's parking facility,  then  this
is a  modification to  a particular facility
which triggers review.  Similarly, addi-
tional spaces added to such  facility from
time to time will be  considered as incre-
ments to that facility within the contem-
plation of  paragraph (b) (2) (iv>.
  The  foregoing also applies  to other
large-scale developments such as indus-
trial  parks, new towns, and large sub-
division developments. These types of de-
velopments are not in and of themselves
indirect sources  subject to review under
the  regulation,  although in  each case
they may contain many indirect sources
subject to review.
  An understanding  of this concept helps
answer other questions raised in  public
comments. For instance, a  question fre-
quently  posed is whether  commencing
construction  of  one facility  within an
urban renewal area  before  1975 will  ex-
empt all future construction in the area
from review. The answer is "no". The ur-
ban renewal area is not itself an indirect
source;  facilities within the area which
have  associated  parking  areas of  the
requisite size are. Thus construction of
a second facility within  the  area after
December  31, 1974,  which  is  otherwise
subject  to  review under the regulation
will  not be exempt merely because other
facilities commenced pursuant to a com-
mon plan were exempt.
  The reason the phrase "or facilities" is
included in paragraph  (b)  (1) (iii)  is to
assure  that mere  physical barriers  be-
tween parking areas serving a single in-
direct source  will not operate to exclude
from review what is  in essence a discrete
associated  parking  area  for  a  single
source.  For instance,  a  shopping maH
which is to be constructed with 500 park-
ing spaces on the north side of the maH
and 500 spaces on the south, even though
the two parking "facilities" are physically
separate and do not have connecting
roads  between them, will be considered
to have an "associated parking area" of
1.000 spaces.
  Several questions have been  raised re-
garding the phrase "owned  and/or o?)er
                                                               1"  1U5SPA1!, JUiY 9,  1974

-------
                                              RULES AND  REGULATIONS
 ated  in conjunction with an  Indirect
 source" contained In paragraph (b) <1)
 (ill).  The use of the word "owned" does
 not mean, as some who commented ap-
 parently feared, that a parking lot a par-
 ticular developer owns In Tallahassee will
 be counted In determining the size of an
 associated parking area In Peoria. The
 key  phrase  is  "in  conjunction with,"
 which is  intended to convey  an opera-
 tional test looking to whether a  particu-
 lar parking area serves a particular fa-
 cility under a common scheme of owner-
 ship and/or operation.
  Parking facilities which are fortui-
 tously constructed near an Indirect source
 but ever which the owner or operator of
 the source has no control, and which are
 not constructed pursuant  to  an under-
 standing by which the facility will serve
 the indirect sourae, will not be consid-
 ered an "associated parking area" of the
 source. For instance. If  a developer con-
 structs a shopping center with 600 park-
 ing spaces and  a municipality  erects a
 500-space parking garage adjacent to the
 center completely independent  of  the
 shopping center development, there is not
 a single,  1100-space associated  parking
 area within the contemplation of the reg-
 ulation. However, if such parking garage
 were  constructed pursuant to an explicit
 or even implied agreement with the shop-
 ping center developer to serve the shop-
 ping center, it would be considered part
 of the center's "associated parking area."
  It Is not necessary for an "associated
 parking area" to be directly contiguous to
 an indirect source to cause that source
 to be subject to review. For Instance, a
 developer could not avoid review by con-
 structing a large retail facility on one side
 of the street  with forty parking spaces
 immediately adjacent  to  It,  and con-
 structing  a  960-space  parking  facility
 across the street. All 1,000 spaces will be
 treated as an "associated parking area"
 within the contemplation of paragraph
 (b) (1) (Hi) since they are owned and/or
 operated in conjunction with a particular
 Indirect source. On the other hand, park-
 ing facilities  located across  the street
from each other within an industrial park
 which serve two separate indirect sources
will not constitute a single "associated
 parking area."
  Many questions have arisen concern-
 ing "phased" development.  As noted
 above, a major  area-wide development
 such as an urban renewal project, an in-
 dustrial park, or a "new town" will not be
 an indirect source itself but may instead
 contain  several  indirect  sources  sep-
 arately reviewable under the regulation.
 In  response to  many  comments, two
 points about phased development should
 be made clear at this time:
  <1)  Applicants win be able, and in fact
 are encouraged,  to apply for approval of
 all indirect sources within their phased
 developments at the same time, so long
 as all  the information required  for the re-
 viewing agency to perform an air quality
 impact analysis  for each  source can  be
 provided.  This win aQow developers to
 proceed with major developments with a
 greater degree of certainty.
   (2) Since a major area development Is
not in itself a discrete indirect source sub-
ject to review under the regulation, com-
mencement of one phase of such develop-
ment prior to 1975 will not operate to
exempt  subsequent  indirect  sources
within  such  overall development plan
which commence construction after De-
cember 31, 1974, from  Indirect source
review.
   One tangential issue which  has been
raised frequently relates to phased con-
struction within a single indirect source
subject to review under the regulation.
For example, assume that a  shopping
center with a 3,000-space parking area Is
to have four major "anchor" department
stores  in  addition to dozens of smaller
retail  and service  establishments.  The
plan is to build the bulk of the shopping
center Initially, including all of the park-
ing area, but for business reasons to with-
hold construction of two of the "anchor"
stores  for  two or three years  after the
center first  opens.  The  two  questions
which arise  are:  (1)  If  construction
commences on the intial part of the cen-
ter prior to 1975 will the subsequent con-
struction  of  the two anchors trigger-
review for such  two new stores? (2) Al-
ternatively, will  such subsequent con-
struction mean that construction of the
entire  center is' covered under the regu-
lation  under  the theory that  the con-
struction which was commenced prior to
1975 was not "continuous"?
   <1) The mere fact that two new stores
are being added to the shopping center
will not trigger indirect source review.
The new construction Is a modification
to an existing indirect source (the shop-
ping center with two "anchors" and 3,000
parking spaces), but modifications are
not  reviewed unless parking capacity  Is
increased by 500 cars or more (1,000 cars
or more in non-SMSA's).  (2)  The fact
that the shopping center is not modified
for two or three years after initial open-
ing for business does not make the con-
struction  which commenced  prior to
1975  non-"continuous"  and  therefore
subject the  entire  project to  Indirect
source review, because, in essence a single
indirect  source  (the  shopping  center
with 3,000  parking spaces minus  two
anchors)  was constructed in  a con-
tinuous process which commenced prior
to 1975.
  Several  persons  questioned  whether
demolition is to  be considered as "site
clearance" as that term is used in the
definitions of the phrases "to commence
construction" and "to commence modifi-
cation" in paragraph  (b) (1)  (v) and
(vi). The Administrator considers demo-
lition to be a form of site clearance. It is
important  to mote, however,  that  the
term "continuous" is crucial in the defini-
tion of these phrases. Demolition prior to
1975 will serve to exempt a project only
where it is part of a continuous program
of construction specifically designed" for
a particular indirect source. For exam-
ple,  where  a .developer  demolished  a
structure on a particular site in 1973, then
does no further physical site work until
1975, a source constructed on  that  s"e
will not be exempt from review merely
because the site clearance began in 1973.
  Two points should be made regarding
the "force majeure" (acts of God, strikes,
etc.) language  in paragraph .
(1) The  fact that construction failed to
commence at all prior to 1975 because of
"force majeure" reasons is irrelevant.
Actual physical site work  must  com-
mence in a continuous course before 1975
for the exemption to be valid.  (2) Only
breaks in construction attributable solely
to the enumerated "force majeure" rea-
sons will be considered  in  determining
whether  a  project is  exempt.  For in-
stance, if a site were demolished in 1973,
then for  business or other reasons, actual
physical  construction ceased, and a de-
veloper planned to commence continuous
construction on the site in mid-1974 but
was prevented  from doing so until 1975
because of litigation, the source would not
be exempted from  review since factors
other than the "force majeure" reasons
played a role in rendering the construc-
tion noncontinuolis.
  Some comments urged that the basic
coverage requirement set forth In para-
graphs (b) (2) (i) and (ii)  be  amended
to  require  that  only  those   indirect
sources  for  which  a  new associated
parking area is constructed be subject to
review. As the regulation is now written,
an indirect source constructed on a pres-
ently existing associated parking area is
subject to review as well.
  Such an amendment would create un-
warranted exemptions.  One case would
be that of a developer who has operated
a large surface parking lot for several
years, and then decides to construct an
office building  on part  of the lot while
retaining the remainder to  serve as the
parking  lot for the building. Although
the associated  parking area 'would  not
be new, the  office building should clearly
be required  to undergo pre-construction
review as a new indirect source. Another
example  is  the demolition  of  a  large
shopping center structure  followed by
the construction of a new shopping cen-
ter on the  same parcel  of  land  using
the same parking lot. In each case, it is
reasonable to  expect the developer to
take ah-  quality considerations into ac-
count in planning his basic design, and
the construction will not be exempt from
indirect source review.
  A  closely related matter which has
drawn several  questions is the status
under  the regulation of accidental  de-
struction of an indirect source followed
by new construction on the same parcel.
Consistent with the foregoing line  of
reasoning, such construction would not
be exempt from review. Again, the  de-
veloper can fairly be expected to consider
air quality  in  designing and planning
for his new construction. New construc-
tion  following  destruction on  a parcel
would certainly be subject to more rigid
building  code  requirements or zoning
ordinances which had been enacted since
the construction of the original improve-
ments, and there is no reason to depart
from this principle where a public health
regulation is concerned.
  Some have questioned whether  a re-
viewing agency could use paragraph (b)
                                FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 132—TUESDAY,  JULY 9, J974
                                                                           65

-------
                                             RULES  AND  REGULATIONS
(10) to specify that an approved indirect
source may be further modified without
review by  adding more  parking  spaces
than the number which triggers  review
under paragraphs (b) (2) (i) (b) and (b)
(2) (ii) (b). As discussed on  February 25
(39 FR  7276), the intent of this provi-
sion is to allow a reviewing agency to re-
duce the number of new parking spaces
that would trigger review for a particular
indirect source if it is determined  that
such a minor modification could cause a
violation of the national standards. Since
it  is difficult to accurately predict the
extent which the  area surrounding  a
proposed facility will grow  between the
approval of its initial application and any
possible modification, the Administrator
does not consider it/ appropriate to allow
paragraph  (b) (10) to be used to liberalize
the requirements of paragraphs  (b) (2)
(1) (b) and (b) (2) (ij) (b>. Paragraph (b)
(10) has been modified to clarify this
point.
  Several  persons   have   questioned
whether  an indirect source approval  is
transferable.  The  Administrator  con-
siders such approvals to be fully trans-
ferable between successive owners of the
property  for which  an   approval   is
granted so long as the indirect source is
constructed and/or modified fully in ac-
cordance with the approved application
and all conditions thereto.
  As alluded  to before, it is not possible
to issue  an interpretative ruling which
will answer precisely every question that
will arise in  administering  this regula-
tion. Many questions concerning wh§ther
or not a facility is subject to review under
the regulation will necessarily have  to be
answered on a case-by-case basis,  with
those administering the regulation using
their sound discretion. In  general, de-
velopers should assume that devices used
in  an attempt to evade review  will bo
scrutinized  carefully   to  determine
whether a  source actually subject to the
regulation  is  commencing  construction
without  the  required  approval.  Those
conducting review under the regulation
should resolve doubts and close cases in
favor of coverage since the purpose of
the regulation is to review  all new and
modified indirect sources  except those
clearly and specifically  exempted.  This
approach best serves  the dictates of the
Clean Air  Act, which requires  measures
to  "insure" the attainment and main-
tenance of the ambient standards.
   The Administrator does  not  expect
many evasion problems to arise in view of
the significant  risks  developers   and
lenders would be taking. In commencing
construction  of  a facility subject to the
regulation without securing the neces-
sary approval, the developer  would be
subject to the heavy criminal penalties of
section 113 of the Clean Air Act. More-
over, further construction of the-facility
could be enjoined and a facility for which
construction had  been  completed  could
be shut down. Thus it is doubtful whether
prudent lenders will fund projects unless
they are sure that a facility has either
received indirect source approval or that
none is needed.
  In this regard, developers who plan to
construct  projects which they feel  are
exempt but which may be arguably sub-
ject  to the regulation may apply  for a
determination  of  applicability  ruling
from EPA to achieve a greater degree of
certainty  in  proceeding with  their
pro;ects.
  Such rulings should be requested in
writing from the appropriate  regional
offices. Requests should fully recite  the
facts upon which the developer believes
an exemption is  based.  In appropriate
oases a ruling will be issued  which  will
be carefully  and  strictly limited to  the
facts as understood by  the  agency. If
construction   commences  in  circum-
stances under which  any material fact
is at variance with those represented in
the ruling request, or if a  material fact
were omitted from the request, then the
ruling  would be rendered inoperative.
Applicants should be aware  of section
113ic)(2)  of the Clean Air Act, which
provides that any person who knowingly
falsifies information in any application
required pursuant to  the Act is subject
to fine and/or imprisonment.
  SPECIFIC CHANGES TO THE REGULATION
  The following changes have been made
as a result  of public comment on  the
February 25,1974, regulations.
  1.  Phased  development.  Paragrapn
(b) (2) (iv), which is intended to prevent
circumvention of the regulation through
numerous   minor    modifications,   is
amended below to allow each phase of a
project to be  constructed without  the
issuance of a separate permit as long as
the entire project had received approval
at the outset. In  addition, the informa-
tion  to be submitted in  support  of an
application   [Paragraph   (b) (3) ]   has
been clarified with respect to phased de-
velopment projects. The  traffic  condi-
tions at the time each  phase becomes
operational  must be  submitted so that
the  Administrator can  determine  the
project's air  quality impact at any time
during  the   development  process.  This
determination is necessary since a facil-
ity might be  acceptable upon completion
at some extended future date (due  to the
effects of the Federal Motor Vehicle Con-
trol  Program), yet could cause a  viola-
tion, of air  quality  standards at some
intermediate stage of development.
  2.  Basis for disapproval for violations
of the carbon monoxide  standard.  The
Federal indirect  source  regulation  has
been promulgated to  conform to the re-
quirements of  40 CFR 51.18, which re-
quires all state implementation plans to
have indirect source review procedures
to  prevent  construction  which   "will
interfere  with attainment or  mainte-
nance" of ambient standards. The Fed-
eral  regulations proposed on  October 30,
1973, provided that construction must be
prevented where the  indirect  source
would "prevent or interfere with the at-
tainment or maintenance" of ambient
standards. (Proposed 40 CFR 52.22 (b)
(4)(i)(b), 38 FR 29896.)  Because some
comments in response to the October 30
proposal reflected concern as to the  pre-
cise  meaning of the  quoted phrase, the
Administrator endeavored to state the
test  with more  specificity in the  final
regulation  (40 CFR 52.22
-------
                                             RULES AND REGULATIONS
  4. Use of traffic flow characteristics
for highway decisions.  As promulgated
on February 25, the regulations specified
the use of a diffusion model for analyz-
ing the impact of highways on carbon
monoxide air quality. In developing the
traffic flow characteristics discussed be-
low, it became apparent that such cri-
teria  would be  equally applicable  for
analyzing  localized   carbon  monoxide
concentrations in  the vicinity of  roads
and highway. Thus,  the regulations are
modified below to permit the use of such
characteristics, with  the option of using
a diffusion model if either the applicant
or the Administrator deems appropriate.
  5. Applicant's opportunity to respond
to public comment. The regulations are
amended to permit the applicant to re-
rpond in writing,  within 10 days after
the close of the public comment period,
on the comments submitted by the pub-
lic. The Administrator is required to con-
sider  such response in making his final
decision.
  6. Permit  conditions  and  penalties.
One comment indicated that the require-
ment to "operate in accordance with the
application" in paragraph (b)(ll) was
unreasonable, since it could be construed
to require the applicant to obtairi per-
mission before changing store hours or
other  minor operating  practices which
may have been indicated in the applica-
tion. It was not the  Administrator's in-
tent to provide that  any minor opera-
tional factor which could have no rea-
sonable impact upon air quality be an
enforceable  permit  condition. Accord-
ingly,  the above-quoted phase has been
omitted from paragraph (b) (11). On the
other hand, in most cases there will be
certain operational factors which will be
crucial to the air  quality impact  of an
Indirect source. Accordingly, paragraph
(b) (9) is amended to permit the review-
ing agency to specify that such operating
provisions  will be enforceable permit
conditions.
  It is crucial to the effective operation
of the indirect source program that the
reviewing agency utilize the provisions of
paragraph (b) (9)  to specify any such op-
erating factor which could  affect  air
quality as a permit condition. Conditions
which must be considered on a routine
basis will be:
  a. A requirement that the facility, or
any incremental development phase, not
be opened for business prior to the date
specified by the reviewing agency. Be-
cause of the continuing emission reduc-
tion effected by the  Federal Motor Ve-
hicle  Control Program, the vehicle mix
on  the date of expected opening (and
resulting average vehicle emission rate)
could be an important  factor in deter-
mining whether  air  quality  standards
would be violated.
  b. Specification of the type and degree
of modification to the approved facility
that must be subject to review. Since the
regulation only requires review of modi-
fications that result in addition of a spec-
ified number of parking spaces, the re-
viewing agency  may also specify that
certain structural or use changes which
would adversely impact air quality shall
also be subject to review.
  7. Invalidation of approval. Numerous
comments were  received indicating that
in  many  cases,  on-site  construction
wiuld not commence within 18 months
after receipt  of approval  as required
under subparagraph  (12). Accordingly,
this period has been extended from 18 to
24 months. Subparagraph (12) still con-
tains a provision allowing the Adminis-
trator to extend this time period upon
a satisfactory showing that- an  exten-
sion is justified.  Since the regulation has
been modified to permit the applicant to
request an extension at the time of ini-
tial   application,  this  subparagraph
should not introduce uncertainty for de-
velopers acting in good faith.
  8. Data to be  submitted by the appli-
cant. Paragraph (b) (3) is  amended to
eliminate the requirement that an appli-
cant  submit the intermediate informa-
tion, such as trip inducement and exist-
ing volumes, that are used to estimate
future traffic volumes. As amended, para-
graph  (b) (10)  requires submission of
only that data needed to determine the
traffic flow characteristics on which the
Administrator will base his decision with
respect to  localized  carbon  monoxide
concentrations. An additional parameter;
vehicle capacity of major roads and in-
tersection in the vicinity of the indirect
source,  is included since it is needed for
determinations  based upon traffic flow
characteristic  guidelines.  Pursuant  to
paragraph  (b) (3) (i) (i),  the Adminis-
trator may request any additional infor-
mation needed to check the accuracy of
the  estimates submitted by the appli-
cant.
  9. Examples of traffic flow character-
istics. As indicated below, the Adminis-
trator is issuing guidelines setting forth
traffic flow characteristics which may be
used  in determining  localized carbon
monoxide concentration. Consequently,
the examples of traffic flow characteris-
tics  previously listed  in paragraph (b)
(4) (ii)  are no  longer necessary and have
been deleted.
  10. Necessity  for  "on-site construc-
tion". In order to clear up confusion, the
phrase  "on-site" has  been  added to the
definitions  of  "to commence construc-
tion" and "to commence modification."
This is entirely  consistent with the Ad-
ministrator's intent  as reflected  in the
February 25 preamble at 39 FR 7273.
  11. Sources  Subject to "Management
of Parking Supply" Regulations. "Man-
agement of parking  supply"  regula-
tions have  been promulgated by  EPA
as  part of  the  transportation 'control
plans in 19 regions. In order to eliminate
confusion  as  to whether  the indirect
source regulation is applicable to a par-
ticular facility in areas where both regu-
lations appear to be in effect, the indirect
source regulation has been  amended to
state that in such areas, sources which
would otherwise be required to undergo
review  under  both regulations will  be
subject to review only  under the  man-
agement of parking  supply  regulation.
Thus, applicants will  not be  required to
apply for permits from EPA through two
separate procedures. The parking man-
agement regulations will require facili-
ties of the size subject-to indirect source
review to undergo carbon monoxide im-
pact analysis similar to that required by
the indirect  source regulation in addi-
tion to other parking management re-
view requirements.
  It should be noted, however, that the
parking  management  regulations  will
not exempt from review sources of the
size covered by the indirect source regu-
lation merely because a general construc-
tion contract had been executed for such
a source.  Such sources shall be exempt
only if they have commenced on-site con-
struction  or  modification  on or before
January 1, 1975.  The  management of
parking supply regulations will soon be
refined by EPA  in  the respects  noted
above.
  12.  Basis for  Decisions  on  Carbon
Monoxide Impact. Paragraph  (b) (4) (ii)
has  been  clarified to  emphasize  that
there are a number of analytical tech-
niques  which  may  be  acceptable for
evaluating the concentration  of  carbon
monoxide  in  the vicinity of  indirect
sources. As discussed below, the Adminis-
trator has developed and published traffic
flow characteristic guidelines which will
be one method which may be used. The
use of such  guidelines, however, is not
a requirement of the regulation.
  As explained in the  preamble to the
February  promulgation at 39 FR  7275,
these guidelines will have the beneficial
effect of allowing developers to plan thejr
facilities so as to maximize their chances
for approval.  Such guidelines will fre-
quently be used by EPA in conducting
review since they provide a rather simple
and expeditious  method  in  analyzing
carbon monoxide  impact.  Nevertheless,
it is expected that in many cases other
methods, such as diffusion modeling, will
have to be relied on in making the de-
termination.  For instance,  where basic
technical  assumptions used in develop-
ing the guidelines are not appropriate in
a certain  area, the guidelines would not
be used as the basis for deciding whether
a permit may be granted. Instead, a dif-
fusion model  or other  technique which
more accurately  takes account  of the
actual conditions at  a particular  site
would have to be used.
  13.  Minor clarification changes. There
have been several other minor drafting
changes made for clarification purposes
which  do not change the scope or intent
of the regulation.
ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES FOR DETERMINING
   CARBON  MONOXIDE CONCENTRATIONS

  In the  preamble to the February 25
promulgation,  the  Administrator  indi-
cated that he  would  publish  guidelines
setting forth traffic flow characteristics
which  may be used in analyzing the car-
bon monoxide impact of indirect sources.
Accordingly,  the Agency  is publishing
Guidelines for the Review of the Impact
of Indirect Sources on Ambient Air Qual-
ity which specify the  analytical tech-
niques the Agency will frequently use in
determining the air quality impact of an
indirect source on localized carbon mon-
oxide  concentrations.  (See  discussion
under  #12 above.)
  These guidelines will be available for
inspection  and distribution at each Re-
                                FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 132—TUESDAY, JULY 9,  1974
                                                                           67

-------
                                             RULES  AND  REGULATIONS
gional Office as well as the EPA Freedom
of Information Center,  401 M Street,
S.W., Washington, D.C. 20460. As is true
of  any  guidelines  setting  forth the
Agency's procedures or  practices, EPA
welcomes any relevant written comments
relating to these guidelines at any time.
Interested  persons may  submit written
comments  to the  Monitoring and Data
Analysis Division,  Environmental Pro-
tection Agency, Research Triangle Park,
N.C. 27711.
  The main body of the Guidelines con-
tains a  simplified methodology which
relates certain  key traffic flow  charac-
teristics  to  local  carbon  monoxide
concentrations. Nine appendices are also
included for conducting a more complete
analysis, if necessary, of the impact  of
an indirect source on ambient air qual-
ity.  Seven  of  the  appendices discuss
methods for estimating  emissions from
the  different types of indirect  sources,
the eighth discusses the use of dispersion
models  which  may be used  in such  an
analysis as well as methods  for estimat-
ing background concentrations,  and the
ninth appendix provides a compilation of
indirect  source monitoring studies. The
Guidelines also include  a discussion  of
several   considerations   for  improving
traffic flow characteristics, thus minimiz-
ing a facility's  potential  to contribute to
a violation of the national standards for
carbon monoxide.
    ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES  an
             DELEGATION
  Where the Administrator has not dele-
gated the responsibility  for implement-
ing § 52.22 (b)  for  indirect source review
to a State or local agency, the implemen-
tation of the regulation will be the re-
sponsibility of  the appropriate EPA Re-
gional Administrator. A list of the States
covered by each Regional Office and the
Regional Office addresses are set forth
in § 52.16 of Part 52. Questions concern-
ing  the  applicability of the  regulation
and any other inquiries should be di-
rected  to the  appropriate Regional Of-
fice. Application  forms should be  re-
quested  from  the  Regional Office and
returned there for review. Since  forms
will not be available immediately, early
applicants  should  contact  the appro-
priate Regional Office for interim advice
concerning the format for  application.
Those applicants wishing to submit the
results  of  diffusion modeling or  other
analytical technique in support of thei^
application are urged to  contact the Re-
gional Office first  to discuss the appro-
priate  input parameters and receptor
sites which are of critical interest.
  With respect to highways and airports,
it is expected that all necessary techni-
cal data will be available in  an Environ-
mental  Impact Statement   (EIS)  pre-
pared pursuant to  the National Environ-
mental  Policy  Act (42 TJ.S.C. 4321).  In
such cases, all that is necessary  to make
application is a letter to  the appropriate
Regional Administrator from the initiat-
ing  agency, accompanied by the EIS if
not previously submitted, requesting per-
mission to construct. If  additional data
are  required,   the  Regional Office will
notify the applicant within 20 days after
receipt of the request.
  Normally, the draft EIS for highway
projects  is prepared after  the general
corridor  has  been defined but before  a
specific location  has  been selected. A
draft EIS is circulated on the various
location alternatives and a public hear-
ing is held on the EIS, Depending on the
comments received,  the State highway
agency may. decide to abandon the proj-
ect due  td  its  adverse environmental
consequences, re-draft the 'EIS to con-
tain additional alternatives, or issue the
final EIS on the alternatives considered
in the draft. Following the issuance of
the final EIS, the State highway agency
generally proceeds with  the following
steps leading  to the eventual construc-
tion of the highway: selects preferred
alternative; performs detailed highway
design and  development  of  specifica-
tions; holds design hearing; obtains ap-
proval and  funding  commitment from
the  Federal  Highway Administration;
acquires  right-of-way land and appro-
priate easements;  advertises  for  and
analyzes bids; and awards construction
contracts.
  The application for approval under the
indirect  source regulations would  nor-
mally be made as early in the above proc-
ess as the necessary data are available,
which would not be earlier than the loca-
tion study phase. The highway agency
may, of course, make application at  any
later phase  prior  to  actual commence-
ment of construction. Although the  Ad-
ministrator  would prefer  to  consider
only the selected alternative based on
the final EIS, he will  provide the high-
way agency with a decision on each of
the alternatives specifically analyzed in
the draft EIS. In addition, review based
on  the draft EIS coincides with EPA's
present  procedures   for  review   and
rating of EIS's. Although  not  required,
the Administrator urges States or local
agencies  accepting delegation  of these
regulations to utilize administrative pro-
cedures similar to those outlined above.
  The Administrator reiterates his  de-
sire to delegate the indirect source re-
view procedures to States and/or local
governments. States will soon be receiv-
ing communications from EPA's regional
offices containing more details regard-
ing delegation.
  If a State agency has not officially re-
quested  delegation,  the  Administrator
will entertain requests from local agen-
cies. Local agencies may  inquire  about
delegation procedures at the appropriate
EPA Regional Offices. However, no dele-
gation will be made  directly to a local
agency if a  State agency has already
received  delegation.  In addition to  the
guidance provided on February 25, 1974,
as to what type of agency should receive
delegation, the Administrator feels there
are certain agencies which should not be
delegated review  responsibility where  a
conflict of interest could be created.  For
example,  the  Administrator  will  not
delegate  the indirect  source  review to
agencies, such as State highway agencies,
which are substantially responsible for
originating  projects  subject to  review
under these regulations.
  Since the amendments being published
today are in response to public comments
based  upon the  regulation  published
in February and review is to begin under
the regulation immediately, the Admin-
istrator finds good cause, not to subject
the amendments to further public com-
ment before fmalization as such  proce-
dure would be unnecessary and impracti-
cable. Appendix A is  being promulgated
in final form because interpretative rul-
ings are exempt  from the notice and
public comment requirements of the Ad-
ministrative Procedure Act. For the con-
venience of applicants, reviewing officials,
and all other  interested  persons,  the
regulation is being reprinted in its en-
tirety  in its amended form.  (Sections
110(a)(2)(B), 110(c), and 301 (a) of the
Clean  Air Act,  as amended (42  U.S.C.
1857c-5(a)(2)(B),    1857c-5(c),   and
1857g(a)).)

  Dated: June 28, 1974.
                    JOHN QTJARLES,
                Acting Administrator.
 68
                                FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 99. NO. 133—TUESDAY, JULY 9. 1974

-------
                                 Appendix C — Proposed Clean Air Act
                             Amendment for Transportation Control Plans
   Sec. 3. Section 110 of the Clean Air Act is amended by
adding subsection (g) as follows:
   "(g) (0 Upon application by the Governor of a State on
or after June  1,  1976, the Administrator may  extend for
not more than  five years  the deadline for attainment of
national  primary ambient  air  quality  standards  where
transportation  control  measures  are  necessary  for the
attainment   of   such   standards,   and   where   the
implementation   of  such control measures  would  have
serious adverse social or economic effects.
   (1)  The   Administrator   may  consider  extension
applications  for only those air quality control regions in
which the State has:
   (A) implemented or will have  begun implementing by
June 1, 1977, the requirements of the applicable plan with
respect  to stationary source emissions of transportation-
related pollutants and all reasonably available measures of
the applicable transportation control plan.
   (B)  completed a detailed planning study that evidences
public  and local governmental involvement  and includes
examination of alternative  measures and combinations of
measures which could be used to attain and maintain the
standards after June 1, 1977, a description of projects to be
undertaken together with timetables and resource require-
ments, and identification and analysis of social, economic,
and environmental effects including public health effects of
such measures and projects.
   (3)  Each extension application  shall be accompanied by
adequate documentation of compliance with the require-
ments  of paragraph (2)  above, and shall include  an
implementation  plan for the extension period  requested.
The plan ^dil:
   (A)  identify  the remaining emission reductions neces-
sary for attainment of  the national primary ambient air
quality standards and the reasonably available measures to
be implemented to accomplish these reductions;
   (B)  provide  for  the implementation of all  reasonably
available control  measures as expeditiously as practicable;
   (C)  identify the financial and manpower resources to be
committed to carrying out the plan;
   (D) demonstrate (i) attainment of the national primary
ambient air quality standards as expeditiously as practicable
but no later than May 31, 1982, or (ii) that such attainment
is  not  possible   within  die  extension   period  despite
implementation  of all  reasonable available and achievable
control measures."
   "(4)(A) Within 120 days following the submission of an
application and all supporting materials, and after providing
an  opportunity  for public  comment, the Administrator
shall grant an extension, if he determines that the require-
ments of this subsection have been met.
   (B) If  the Administrator  determines that  the require-
ments  of this  subsection have not been  met, including
findings  relating  to the  impacts  of  the  transportation
control  measures upon  the social, economic and environ-
mental  welfare of the  air quality  control  region, he  shall
notify the  governor of  deficiencies in the  application,
including  his  judgment as to  acceptable  dates for  im-
plementing measures included  in  the plan and as  to the
appropriate duration of an extension. The notification shall
also specify  a  date  for  the  submission of  a  revised
application,
   "(5) Where the Administrator grants an  extension based
on  an  application  meeting  the  requirements  of  sub-
paragraph (g)(3)(D)(ii),  the Governor of the State may, on
or after June 1,  1981, apply  for  a further extension in
accordance with  and subject  to the requirements  of this
subsection. No extension under this paragraph may extend
beyond May 31,1987."
   "(6) Where  the Administrator  denies an extension ap-
plication  or where the  Governor of a State in which the
national  primary  ambient air  quality standards are  not
being  met  does  not  submit  an  application  under  this
subsection, the Administrator may, after consultation with
appropriate State  and  local elected officials, propose  and
promulgate  an  implementation  plan (or portion thereof)
meeting the requirements of this subsection."
   "(7) No transportation control  measures which would
have  serious adverse social or economic  effects shall be
considered "reasonably available."
                                                                 U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1975-626-955/274 3-I
                                                                                                                   69

-------